Asus P5K64 WS User Manual
Motherboard P5K64 WS
ii E3231 First Edition May 2007 Copyright é 2007 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix P5K64 WS speciîÂÂcations summary .......................................................... xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Special features ................................................... 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS Intelligent Performance and Overclocking features .............................................. 1-7 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-7 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ................................ 2-9 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .......................... 2-1 1 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-13 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations .................................................. 2-13 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-15 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-15 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-16 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-16 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-16 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-17 2.5.4 PCI slots ........................................................................ 2-18 2.5.5 PCI Express slots .......................................................... 2-18 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-19
iv Contents 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-20 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-20 2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-22 2.7.3 Installing the optional fan .............................................. 2-32 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-4 4.1.3 AFUDOS utility ................................................................ 4-5 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ...................................... 4-7 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-8 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen .......................................................... 4-9 4.2.2 Menu bar ......................................................................... 4-9 4.2.3 Navigation keys ............................................................... 4-9 4.2.4 Menu items ................................................................... 4-10 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ............................................................ 4-10 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ....................................................... 4-10 4.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................. 4-10 4.2.8 Scroll bar ....................................................................... 4-10 4.2.9 General help ................................................................. 4-10 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-1 1 4.3.1 System T ime .................................................................. 4-1 1 4.3.2 System Date .................................................................. 4-1 1 4.3.3 Floppy Diskette A ...............................................................................4-11 4.3.4 Language ....................................................................... 4-1 1 4.3.5 SA T A 1-6 ....................................................................... 4-12 4.3.6 SA T A ConîÂÂguration ....................................................... 4-13 4.3.7 System Information ....................................................... 4-14 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-15 4.4.1 JumperFree ConîÂÂguration ............................................ 4-15
v Contents 4.4.2 Ai Net2 .......................................................................... 4-19 4.4.3 USB ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-20 4.4.4 CPU ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-22 4.4.5 Chipset .......................................................................... 4-23 4.4.6 OnBoard Devices ConîÂÂguration ................................... 4-24 4.4.7 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-25 4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-26 4.5.1 Suspend Mode .............................................................. 4-26 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume ........................................ 4-26 4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support .......................................................... 4-26 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support ....................................................... 4-26 4.5.5 APM ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-27 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-28 4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-31 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-31 4.6.2 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration .......................................... 4-32 4.6.3 Security ......................................................................... 4-33 4.7 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-35 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-35 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle ......................................................... 4-36 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-37 Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support DVD ............................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Make disk menu .............................................................. 5-5 5.2.5 Manual menu .................................................................. 5-6 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-6 5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-7 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠........................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 Audio conîÂÂgurations ...................................................... 5-1 1 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ......................................................... 5-15 5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ............................................................... 5-21
vi Contents 5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear 2 ............................................................ 5-23 5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap ................................................................ 5-24 5.3.7 ASUS AI N.O.S. ............................................................ 5-25 5.3.8 ASUS Q-Fan 2 .............................................................. 5-26 5.3.9 ASUS AI Booster ........................................................... 5-27 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-28 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions ............................................................ 5-28 5.4.2 Installing Serial A T A hard disks ..................................... 5-29 5.4.3 Intel î RAID conîÂÂgurations ............................................. 5-29 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-39 5.5.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS .... 5-39 5.5.2 Creating a RAID/SA T A driver disk in Windows î ............ 5-39 Chapter 6: A TI î CrossFire⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.1.1 Requirements .................................................................. 6-1 6.1.2 Before you begin ............................................................. 6-1 6.2 Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards ....................................... 6-2 6.3 Software information ................................................................... 6-5 6.3.1 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-5 6.3.2 Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center ............................... 6-7 Appendix: CPU features A.1 Intel î EM64T .................................................................................. A-1 Using the Intel î EM64T feature ...................................................... A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) ........................ A-1 A.2.1 System requirements ...................................................... A-1 A.2.2 Using the EIST ................................................................ A-2 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................... A-3 Using the Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................ A-3
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adpater or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer .
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package and the software. ⢠Chapter 6: A TI CrossFire⢠support This chapter describes the A TI CrossFire⢠feature and shows the graphics card installation procedures. ⢠Appendix: CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Key s encl osed i n the less- than a nd gre ater-t han s ign mea ns tha t you must p ress the enclo sed ke y. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[î¿lename] afudos /iP5K64WS.ROM DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi P5K64 WS speciî¿cations summary CPU LGA775 socket for Intel î Coreâ¢2 Quad / Coreâ¢2 Extreme / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D / Pentium î 4 Processors Supports FSB 800MHz and above only Compatible with Intel î 05B/05A/06 processors Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ready * Refer to www .asus.com for Intel CPU support list Chipset Intel î P35 / ICH9R with Intel î Fast Memory Access T echnology System Bus 1333 / 1066 / 800 MHz Memory 4 x DIMM, max. 8GB, DDR3 1333* / 1066 / 800 MHz, non-ECC, un-buffered memory Dual channel memory architecture * This chipset ofîÂÂcially supports the memory frequency up to DDR3 1066MHz. T uned by ASUS Super Memspeed T echnology , this motherboard natively supports up to DDR3 1333. Refer to www .asus.com or user manual for Memory QVL (Qualify Vendor List). Expansion Slots 4 x PCI-E x16 (blue @ x16 mode, black @ x4 mode) 2 x PCI 2.2 Storage Southbridge - 6 x SA T A 3.0 Gb/s ports - Supports RAID 0 , 1, 5 , 10, and Intel î Matrix Storage T echnology Marvell î 88SE6121 External Serial A T A controller - 2 x External Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s port -1 x Primary IDE port LAN Marvell î 88E8052 88E8001 Dual Gigabit LAN controllers Audio Realtek î ALC888 8-channel Azalia Audio CODEC Supports Multi-streaming, Enumeration, Jack-sensing, and Jack-retasking functions Coaxial and optical S/PDIF out ports (continued on the next page)
xii P5K64 WS speciî¿cations summary IEEE 1394 VIA 6308S 1394a controller supports 2 x IEEE 1394a ports (one at midboard; one at back panel) USB 12 x USB 2.0 ports (6 ports at mid-board, 6 ports at back panel) ASUS Special features ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution: - ASUS AI Gear 2 - ASUS AI Nap - ASUS 8-Phase Power Design - ASUS Fanless Design:Heatsink solution - ASUS Fanless Design: StackCool2 - ASUS Q Fan 2 - ASUS Optional Fan for Water-cooling or Passive- Cooling only ASUS Crystal Sound: - ASUS Noise Filter ASUS EZ DIY : - ASUS Q-Connector - ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle - ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 - ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS Stylish Features ASUS MyLogo2⢠Multi-language BIOS ASUS Exclusive Overclocking Features Intelligent overclocking tools: Intelligent overclocking tools: - AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) - ASUS AI Booster utility Precision T weaker: - vCore: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.0125V increment - vDIMM: 15-step DRAM voltage control - vChipset: 4-step Chipset voltage control SFS (Stepless Frequency Selection) - FSB tuning from 200MHz up to 800MHz at 1MHz increment - Memory tuning from 800MHz up to 1600MHz - PCI Express frequency tuning from 100MHz up to 150MHz at 1MHz increment Overclocking Protection: - ASUS C.P .R.(CPU Parameter Recall) (continued on the next page)
xiii P5K64 WS speciî¿cations summary Back Panel I/O Ports 1 x PS/2 Keyboard 1 x S/PDIF Out (Coaxial Optical) 2 x External SA T A 1 x IEEE1394a 2 x RJ45 port 6 x USB 2.0/1.1 8-channel Audio I/O Internal I/O Connectors 6 x USB connectors 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x COM connector 1 x IDE connector 1 x CPU Fan with PWM control connector 2 x Chassis Fan with Q-fan control connector 1 x Power Fan connector 1 x IEEE1394a connector Front panel audio connector Chassis Intrusion connector CD audio in 24-pin A TX Power connector 2 x 4-pin A TX 12V Power connector 1 x 20-pin Panel connector 1 x 4-pin EZ Plug connector 6 x SA T A 3.0 GB/s connectors BIOS Features 16 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, SM BIOS 2.3, ACPI 2.0a, Green PnP , DMI v2.0, Wfm2.0, ACPI v2.0a, SMBIOS v2.3, EZ Flash, CrashFree BIOS3 Manageability WOL by PME, WOR by PME, chassis intrusion, PXE, AI NET Support DVD Contents Drivers Symantec NIS 2006 ASUS PC Probe II ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Suite BIOS îÂÂash utility under DOS Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c Adobe î Acrobat Reader î 7.0 Form Factor A TX Form Factor , 12âÂÂx 9.6â (30.5cm x 24.5cm) *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice.
xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS P5K64 WS 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS î P5K64 WS motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS P5K64 WS I/O modules 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module 1-port IEEE 1394a module 1 x COM port module Cables 4 x Serial A T A signal cable for 4 devices 2 x Serial A T A power cable for 4 devcies 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories I/O shield 1 x ASUS Q-Connector Kit (USB, 1394, system panel; Retail version only) Application DVD ASUS motherboard support DVD Documentation User guide
1-2 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 Product highlights Green ASUS This motherboard and its packaging comply with the European UnionâÂÂs Restriction on the use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS). This is in line with the ASUS vision of creating environment-friendly and recyclable products/packaging to safeguard consumersâ health while minimizing the impact on the environment. Intel î Quad-core Processor Ready This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Quad-core processors in the LGA775 package. It is excellent for multi-tasking, multi-media and enthusiastic gamers with 1066 / 800 MHz FSB. Intel î Quad-core processor is one of the most powerful CPU in the world. This motherboard also supports Intel î CPUs in the new 45 nm manufacturing process. Intel î Coreâ¢2 Duo/ Intel î Coreâ¢2 Extreme CPU support This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Coreâ¢2 processor in the LGA775 package. With the new Intel î Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1333/ 1066 / 800 MHz FSB, the Intel î Coreâ¢2 is one of the most powerful and energy efîÂÂcient CPUs in the world. Intel P35 Chipset The Intel î P35 Express Chipset is the latest chipset designed to support 8GB of dual-channel DDR3 1066/800 architecture, 1333/1066/800 FSB (Front Side Bus), PCI Express x16 graphics and multi-core CPU. It especially includes Intel î Fast Memory Access technology that signiîÂÂcantly optimizes the use of available memory bandwidth and reduces the latency of the memory accesses. DDR3 memory support The motherboard supports DDR3 memory that features data transfer rates of 1066 / 800 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR3 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance. Furthermore, this motherboard does not restrict the memory size across two channels. Users may install different memory size DIMMs into the two channels and enjoy dual-channel and single-channel functions at the same time. This new feature optimizes the use of available memory size. See page 2-13 for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 1-3 Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s technology and SA T A-On-The-Go This motherboard supports the next-generation hard drives based on the Serial A T A (SA T A) 3Gb/s storage speciîÂÂcation, delivering enhanced scalability and doubling the bus bandwidth for high-speed data retrieval and saves. The external SA T A port located at the back I/O provides smart setup and hot-plug functions. Easily backup photos, videos and other entertainment contents to external devices. See pages 2-23, and 2-26 for details. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high speed digital interface for audio/video appliances such as digital television, digital video camcorders, storage peripherals & other PC portable devices. See pages 2-22 and 2-28 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready This motherboard provides convenient connectivity to external home theater audio systems via coaxial and optical S/PDIF-out (SONY -PHILIPS Digital Interface) jacks. It allows to transfer digital audio without converting to analog format and keeps the best signal quality . See page 2-24 for details. Dual Gigabit LAN solution The integrated dual Gigabit LAN design allows a PC to serve as a network gateway for managing trafîÂÂc between two separate networks. This capability ensures rapid transfer of data from W AN to LAN without any added arbitration or latency . See page 2-22 for details. High DeîÂÂnition Audio Enjoy high-end sound quality on your PC! The onboard 8-channel HD audio (High DeîÂÂnition Audio, previously codenamed Azalia) CODEC enables high-quality 192KHz/24-bit audio output that simultaneously sends different audio streams to different destinations. Y ou can now talk to your partners on the headphone while playing multi-channel network games. See pages 2-22 and 2-23 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3.2 ASUS Special features ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution ASUS Quiet Thermal solution makes system more stable and enhances the overclocking capability . AI Gear 2 AI Gear 2 allows you to choose from proîÂÂles to adjust CPU frequency and vCore voltage, minimizing system noise and saving 50% power consumption at most. Y ou can real-time chnage the mode under operating system to suit your needs. See page 5-20 for details. AI Nap With AI Nap, the system can continue running at minimum power and noise when you are temporarily away . T o wake the system and return to the OS environment, simply click the mouse or press a key . See page 5-21 for details. 8-Phase Power Design The ASUS 8-Phase Power Design provides highly efîÂÂcient operation to generate less heat (at least 15ðC (27ðF)) than other conventional power solutions. It reduces input ripple current and output ripple voltage, which keeps CPU and power module from suffering the risk of high power stress. It has the advantages of quick transient response and stability , especially beneîÂÂcial when CPU requires more current immediately under heavy loading or overclocking mode. Fanless Design - Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat these critical components generate. Optional Fan (for W ater-Cooling or Passive-Cooling only) The optional fan is speciîÂÂcally designed to provide sufîÂÂcient airîÂÂow over the CPU power modules and chipset area when water-cooling or passive-cooling is utilized, ensuring effective heat dissipation for the entire system. See page 2-35 for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 1-5 Q-Fan 2 AS US Q-F an2 t ec hno log y in tel lig ent ly a dju sts b ot h C PU fan a nd ch ass is fa n sp eed s a cco rd in g t o s ys te m l oad ing t o ens ure q ui et, co ol an d efî cie nt op era tio n. Se e p age 4- 28 a nd 5-2 3 fo r d eta ils . ASUS Crystal Sound This feature can enhance speech-centric applications like Skype, online game, video conference and recording. Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. See page 5-29 for details. ASUS EZ DIY ASUS EZ DIY feature collection provides you easy ways to install computer components, update the BIOS or back up your favorite settings. ASUS Q-Connector ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect or disconnect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. This unique module eliminates the trouble of connecting the system panel cables one at a time and avoiding wrong cable connections. See page 2-34 for details. ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle The motherboard features the ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate îÂÂle, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. See page 4-35 for details. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB îÂÂash disk containing the BIOS îÂÂle. See page 4-7 for details.
1-6 Chapter 1: Product Introduction ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility . Simply press the predeîÂÂned hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS. Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based îÂÂash utility . See pages 4-4 and 4-34 for details. Smart Support CD It provides a checklist to allow the user to see which drivers are already installed, as well as those that arenâÂÂt. When using ASUS PC Probe II, you can easily see the critical parts of the computer . ASUS MyLogo2⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See pages 4-38 and 5-1 1 for details. ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS setup menu helps you conîÂÂgure your system easier and faster . See page 4-1 1 for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 1-7 1.3.3 ASUS Intelligent Performance and Overclocking features Super Memspeed T echnology T o attain top performance, ASUS has managed to break through current FSB and DRAM ratio proportions by utilizing Super Memspeed T echnology- the latest technology that provides even more precise overclocking options to unleash the true potential of DDR3 memory . Native DDR3 1333 maximizes system performance by eliminating the bottleneck when overclocking both the CPU and the memory- providing great performance for 3D graphics and other memory demanding applications. Refer to page 2-13 for details. AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) The patented ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(AI NOSâ¢) technology auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed when needed. Unlike other dynamic overclocking techniques, AI NOS⢠reacts much faster to satisfy your need for speed. See page 4-16 and 5-22 for details. AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. Precision T weaker This feature allows you to îÂÂne tune the CPU/memory voltage and gradually increase the memory Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency at 1MHz increment to achieve maximum system performance. C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P .R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P .R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter .
1-8 Chapter 1: Product Introduction
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-16 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-19 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-20
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-1 Onboard LED Th e mo th er bo ard co me s wi th a s ta nd by p ow er L ED. T he g re en L ED l igh ts u p to in dica te tha t t he sys tem is O N, in sl eep mo de, or in so ft-o ff mo de. Thi s i s a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠U n p l u g t h e p o w e r c o r d f r o m t h e w a l l s o c k e t b e f o r e t o u c h i n g a n y component. ⢠U s e a g r o u n d e d w r i s t s t r a p o r t o u c h a s a f e l y g r o u n d e d o b j e c t o r a m e t a l o b j e c t , s u c h a s t h e p o w e r s u p p l y c a s e , b e f o r e h a n d l i n g components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠W h e n e v e r y o u u n i n s t a l l a n y c o m p o n e n t , p l a c e i t o n a g r o u n d e d antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠B e f o r e y o u i n s t a l l o r r e m o v e a n y c o m p o n e n t , e n s u r e that th e A TX power sup ply is switched off or the powe r cord is deta ched from the power supply . Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information P5K64 WS 2.2 Motherboard overview Be fo re y ou in st al l t he m ot he rb oa rd , s tu dy t he co nf ig ur at io n o f y ou r ch as si s t o ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. M a k e s u r e t o u n p l u g t h e p o w e r c o r d b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g o r r e m o v i n g t h e m ot h er b oa r d. F a il u re t o d o s o c an c au s e y o u p h ys i ca l i n j ur y a n d d a ma g e motherboard components. DO NOT overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sur e that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear p art of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout 30.5cm (12in) Intel ICH9R DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) 24.5cm (9.6in) LGA775 CP U_ FA N PW R_ FA N Super I/O EA TXPWR SA TA2 SA TA1 SA TA4 SA TA3 SA TA6 SA TA5 EZ_PLUG FLOPPY PRI_IDE CH A_ FA N1 OP T_ FA N Intel MCH Bearlake P35 P5K64 WS PCI1 PCI2 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_3 PCIEX16_4 SB_PWR CHASSIS CLRTC CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power T PM P AN EL USB78 USB56 COM1 IE 13 94 _2 AAFP USB1 11 2 VIA 6308S Marve ll 88E80 01 ALC888 CD ICS 9LPRS918BK L E AT X 1 2V K B_ US B5 6 AUDIO LAN2_USB34 LAN1_USB12 S PD IF _O 12 F_ESATA12 Marvell 88SE6121 Marvell 88E8052 CH A_ FA N2 Refer to 2.7 Connectors for more information about rear panel connectors and internal connectors.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Layout contents Slots Page 1. DDR3 DIMM slots 2-13 2. PCI slots 2-18 3. PCI Express slots 2-18 Jumper Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLR TC) 2-19 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-21 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-20 3. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port 2-20 4. IEEE 1394a port 2-20 5. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port 2-20 6. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-20 7. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-20 8. Line In port (light blue) 2-20 9. Line Out port (lime) 2-20 10. Microphone port (pink) 2-21 1 1. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-21 12. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-21 13. External SA T A port 1/2 2-21 14. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-21 15. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-21 16. USB 2.0 ports 5 and 6 2-21
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-5 Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-22 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE)) 2-22 3. IICH9R Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1 [red], SA T A2 [red], SA T A3 [black], SA T A4 [black], SA T A5 [red], SA T A6 [red]) 2-23 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB78, USB910, USB1 1 12) 2-24 5. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-25 6. C P U , c h a s s i s , p o w e r a n d o p t i o n a l f a n c o n n e c t o r s ( 4 - p i n C P U _ F A N , 3 - p i n C H A _ F A N 1 - 2 , 3 - p i n P W R _ FA N , 3-pin OPT_F AN) 2-26 7. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-27 8. A TX power connectors (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2x4-pin EA TX12V) 2-27 9. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-28 10. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-29 1 1. Serial port connetor (10-1 pin COM1) 2-29 12. TPM connectors (20-1 pin TPM) 2-29 13. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) 2-30 ASUS Q-connector (system panel) 2-31
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) T h e m o t h e rb o a r d c o m e s w i t h a s u r f a c e m o u n t L G A 7 7 5 s o c k e t d e s i g n ed f o r th e I nte l î Co re⢠2 Q uad / Cor eâ¢2 / Pen tiu m î D/ P ent ium î 4/ P ent ium î Ex trem e processors. ⢠Up on p ur ch ase o f t he mo th er bo ar d, ma ke s ur e t ha t t he Pn P ca p i s o n th e so c ke t a nd t he s oc ke t c o nt ac ts a re n ot b en t. C on ta c t y ou r r et a il er immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the c ap after install ing the motherb oard. AS US will process Retur n Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠T h e p r o du c t w a r ra n t y d o e s n o t c o ve r d a m ag e t o t h e s o ck e t c o nt a c t s re sul tin g fr om i nco rre ct CP U in sta lla tio n/r emo val , or mi spl ace men t/l oss / incorrect removal of the PnP cap. ⢠Make sure that all power cables are unplugged before installing the CPU. ⢠I f i n s t a l l i n g a d u a l - c o r e C P U , c o n n e c t t h e c h a s s i s f a n c a b l e t o t h e CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability . ⢠Due to the chipset limitation, we recommend you use FSB 800MHz CPU or above.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-7 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever This side of the socket box should face you. PnP cap A B T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the cam box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS CPU Socket 775
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. Position the CPU over the so ck et , ma ki ng su re th at the gold triangle is on the b ot t o m- l e ft c o r ne r o f t h e socket then îÂÂt the soc ket a l i g n m e n t k e y i n t o t h e CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark 6. C l o s e t h e l o a d p l a t e ( A ) , t h e n p u sh t h e l o ad l e ve r ( B ) u n ti l i t snaps into the retention tab. 7. I f i n s t a l l i n g a d u a l - c o r e C P U , c o n ne c t t h e c h a s si s f a n c a b l e to th e C HA_FAN1 con necto r t o ensure system stability . A B The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! The motherboard supports Intel î LGA775 processors with the Intel î Enhanced M em o ry 6 4 T e c hn o lo g y ( E M6 4 T) , E n ha n ce d I nt e l S pe e dS t ep î T e c hn o lo g y ( EI S T) , a nd H y pe r -T h r ea d in g T e c hn o lo g y . R e fe r t o t he Ap p e nd i x f o r m o re information on these CPU features. 4. Li ft t he lo ad p l at e w it h yo ur th um b an d fo ref in ge r t o a 10 0ú a ng le (A ), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). Load plate A B CPU notch
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-9 Fastener Motherboard hole 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan T he I n te l î L GA 7 75 p ro c es s or r e qu i r es a s p ec i a ll y d es i g ne d h ea t si n k a nd f a n assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. P l a c e t h e h e a t s i nk o n t o p o f t h e installed CPU, making sure that the fou r f asten ers ma tch the hol es on the motherboard. ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î processor, the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . If you buy a CPU separately , make sure that you use only Intel î -certiîÂÂed multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Y our Intel î LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly , make sure t ha t y o u h av e p ro pe r ly a p pl ie d T h er m al I nt e rf a ce M at e ri a l t o t he C PU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly . Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) O r i e n t t h e h e a t s i n k a n d f a n assembly such that the CPU fan ca bl e i s cl os es t to t he CP U f an connector . N a r r o w e n d of the groove
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Co nne ct th e C PU fa n ca ble t o t he c onne cto r on t he mo the rbo ard l abe led CPU_F AN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a di ag on al s eq ue nce to s ec ur e th e heatsink and fan assembly in place. B A A A B B DO NOT forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector . P5K64 WS P5K64 WS CPU Fan Connector GND 12V CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CPU_F A N A B
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-1 1 2.3.3 U n i ns t a ll i n g t h e C PU heatsink and fan T o uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. 2. R o t a t e e a c h f a s t e n e r counterclockwise. 3. Pu ll up tw o f as ten ers a t a ti me i n a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembl y from the motherboard. B B A A A A B B 4. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e h e a t s i n k a n d f a n a s s e m b l y f r o m t h e motherboard.
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. Ro ta t e e ac h f as te ne r cl oc kw is e t o e n s u r e c o r r e c t o r i e n t a t i o n w h e n reinstalling. Narrow end of the groove Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation. T h e n a r r o w e n d o f t h e g ro o v e s h o ul d p oi n t o u t w ar d a f t e r r e s e t t i n g . ( T h e p h o t o sh ow s th e g ro ove sh ad ed fo r emphasis.)
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-13 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 3 (DDR3) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A D D R3 m o d u le h a s t h e s am e p h y si c a l d im e n s io n s a s a D DR 2 D I M M b ut i s notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR2 DIMM socket. DDR3 modules are developed for better performance with less power consumption. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR3 DIMM sockets: 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR3 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 P5K64 WS P5K64 WS 240-pin DDR3 DIMM Sockets I MM_A 1 IMM_A2 I MM_B 1 I MM_B 2 128 P in s 1 1 2 Pin s Recommend memory conîÂÂguration Mode Sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B2 Single-channel - - populated - - - - populated Dual-channel (1) - - populated populated Dual-channel (2) populated populated populated populated T h i s c h i p s e t o f f i c i a l l y s u p p o r t s D D R 3 1 0 6 6 / 8 0 0 . W i t h t h e A S U S S u p e r Memspeed T echnology , the motherboard supports up to 1333MHz and provides more ratio setting items than the chipset ofîÂÂcially supports. Refer to the table below for details. FSB 1600 1333 1066 DDR3 1600 1333 1200 1000 800 1333 1 1 1 1 1000 833 889
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠If you install four 1 GB memory modules, the system may detect less than 3 GB of total memory because of address space allocation for other critical functions. Thi s limitation applies to Windows Vista 32-bit/Wi ndows XP 32-bit version operating system since it does not support P AE (Physical Address Extention) mode. ⢠If you in stal l Wi ndow s Vis ta 3 2-bi t/Wi ndow s XP 3 2-bi t ve rsio n op erat ing system, we recommend that you install less than 3GB of total memory . Notes on memory limitations ⢠D u e t o c h i p s e t l i m i t a t i o n , t h i s m o t h e r b o a r d c a n o n l y s u p p o r t u p t o 8 GB on the operating systems listed below . Y ou may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. 64-bit Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Vista x64 Edition ⢠Y ou may i nstall varyi ng memory sizes in Channel A and Channel B. Th e system maps the total size of the lower-sized channel for the dual-channel conîÂÂgu ration. Any e xcess memory from the hig her-sized cha nnel is the n mapped for single-channel operation. ⢠A l w a y s i n s t a l l D I M M s w i t h t h e s a m e C A S l a t e n c y. F o r o p t i m u m compatibility , it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . Refer to the DDR3 QualiîÂÂed V endors List at the ASUS web site. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR3 memory modules.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-15 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM U n p l u g t h e p o w e r s u p p l y b e f o r e a d d i n g o r r e m o v i n g D I M M s o r o t h e r syst em co mponen ts. F ailur e to do so can caus e sev ere d amage to both th e motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlo ck a DIM M so cket by pres sing the retaining clips outward. 2. A l i g n a D I M M o n t h e s o c k e t such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. F i r m l y i n s e r t t h e D I M M i n t o t h e s o c k e t u n t i l t h e r e t a i n i n g c l i p s snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. S i m u l t a n e o u s l y p r e s s t h e r e t a i n i n g clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR3 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR3 DIMM sockets do not support DDR and DDR2 DIMMs. DO NOT install DDR or DDR2 DIMMs to the DDR3 DIMM sockets. Unlocked retaining clip DDR3 DIMM notch S u p p o r t t h e D I M M l i g h t l y w i t h y ou r f in g er s w he n p r e ss i ng t h e re tain ing cl ips . Th e DI MM m igh t g e t d a m a g e d w h e n i t f l i p s o u t with extra force. 1 2 3 2 1 DDR3 DIMM notch 1 1
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. A l ig n t h e c a r d c on n e c t o r w i t h t h e s l ot a n d p r e s s f i r m l y u n ti l t h e c a r d i s completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on th e sys tem an d c hang e t he nec essa ry BIO S sett ings , if an y . Se e Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Ma ke s ur e t o un pl ug t he po we r c or d b ef or e a dd in g o r r em ovi ng e xp an si on cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-17 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ Priority Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ#9 3 9 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 PCI device 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 10 PCI device 15 11 PCI device * These IRQs are usually available for PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard A B C D E F G H PCI 1394 â â â shared â â â â PCI slot 1 shared â â â â â â â PCI slot 2 â shared â â â â â â LAN(8052) â â â shared â â â â LAN(8001) â â shared â â â â â Marvell 6121 â shared â â â â â â PCIE x16 1 shared â â â â â â â PCIE x16 2 shared â â â â â â â PCIE x16 3 â shared â â â â â â PCIE x16 4 â â shared â â â â â USB controller 1 â â â â â â â shared USB controller 2 â â â shared â â â â USB controller 3 â â shared â â â â â USB controller 4 shared â â â â â â â USB controller 5 shared â â â â â â â USB controller 6 â â â â â shared â â EHCI 1 â â â â â â shared â EHCI 2 â shared â â â â â â SATA controller 1 â â shared â â â â â SATA controller 2 â â â â â shared â â Azalia â â â â â shared â âÂÂ
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 PCI slots T h e P C I s l o t s s u p p o r t c a r ds s u c h a s a L A N c a r d , S C S I c a r d , U S B c a r d , a n d o t h e r c a r d s t h a t c o mp l y w i th P CI speciî cations. The îÂÂg ure shows a L AN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.5 PCI Express slots This m otherboa rd has fou r PC I E xpress sl o ts t ha t s up po rt PC I E xp re ss gr a ph ic c a rd s c o m pl y i n g w it h t h e P C I E xp r e s s speciîÂÂcations. T h i s m o t h e r b o a r d s u p p o r t s t w o A T I C r o s s F i r e ⢠P C I E x p r e s s g r a p h i c s card s th at comp ly with t he PCI Exp ress speciîÂÂcations. We recommend that you install a VGA card on the primary (blue) PCI Express sl o t, an d i n st al l a ny o th er P CI E xp re ss d ev ic e o n th e U n iv er sa l P C I- E s lo t (black). Primary PCI Express x16 slot The primary PC I Exp ress x 16 sl ot sup ports PCI Express x16 graphic cards t hat comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-19 2.6 Jumper 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and s ystem setup parameters b y e r a s i n g t h e C M O S R T C R A M d a t a . T h e o n b o ar d b u t t o n c e l l b a t t e r y powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery . 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery . 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. ⢠Yo u d o n o t n e e d t o c l e a r t h e R T C w h e n t h e s y s t e m h a n g s d u e t o overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. ⢠Du e t o t he c hi ps et be hav io r , AC po we r o ff i s r equ ir ed to en ab le C. P . R. function. Y ou must turn off and on the power supply or unplug and plug the power cord before reboot the system. Except when clearing the R TC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear RTC (Default) 1 2 2 3
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors 1. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 3. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. This port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 4. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 5. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. This port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 6 8 5 7 9 10 1 1 1 2 3 1 4 16 4 13 1 5 2 1 Activity/Link Speed LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection ORANGE Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection LAN port LED indications SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port 6. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 7. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers in a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration.. 8. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player , or other audio sources. 9. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker . In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel conîÂÂguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-21 10. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 1 1. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. 12. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. External SA T A port 1/2 . These port connect to an external a Serial A T A hard disk drive. T o conîÂÂgure a RAID0, RAID1, or JBOD set, connect external Serial A T A hard disk drives to the External SA T A port 1 and 2. 14. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 15. Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 16. USB 2.0 ports 5 and 6. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. Refer to the audio conîÂÂguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration Port Headset 2-channel 4-channel 6-channel 8-channel Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Gray â â â Side Speaker Out The external SA T A port supports external Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away , and enables improved hot- swap function.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_E IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray . Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector , then select one of the following modes to conîÂÂgure your device. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE devices. If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select,â make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. Drive jumper setting Mode of device(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black T wo devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Black or gray Slave Slave P5K64 WS P5K64 WS F loppy Disk Drive Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-23 3. ICH9R Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1 [blue], SA T A2 [blue], SA T A3 [blue], SA T A4 [blue], SA T A5 [blue], SA T A6 [blue]) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂguration with the Intel î Matrix Storage T echnology through the onboard Intel î ICH9R RAID controller . P5K64 WS P5K64 WS IDE Connector PRI_IDE P5K64 WS P5K64 WS SAT A Connectors SATA2 GN D RS A TA _TXP 2 RS A TA _TXN 2 GN D RS A TA _RXP 2 RS A TA _RXN 2 GN D SATA1 GN D RS A TA _TXP 1 RS A TA _TXN 1 GN D RS A TA _RXP 1 RS A TA _RXN 1 GN D SATA4 GN D RS A TA _TXP 4 RS A TA _TXN 4 GN D RS A TA _RXP 4 RS A TA _RXN 4 GN D SATA3 GN D RS A TA _TXP 3 RS A TA _TXN 3 GN D RS A TA _RXP 3 RS A TA _RXN 3 GN D SATA6 GN D RS A TA _TXP 6 RS A TA _TXN 6 GN D RS A TA _RXP 6 RS A TA _RXN 6 GN D SATA5 GN D RS A TA _TXP 5 RS A TA _TXN 5 GN D RS A TA _RXP 5 RS A TA _RXN 5 GN D ⢠These connectors are set to Standard IDE mode by default. In Standard IDE mode, you can connect Serial A T A boot/data hard disk drives to these connectors. If you intend to create a Serial A T A RAID set using these connectors, set the ConîÂÂgure SA T A as item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section 4.3.6 SA T A ConîÂÂguration for details. ⢠Before creating a RAID set, refer to 5.4.2 Intel RAID ConîÂÂguration or the manual bundled in the motherboard support DVD.
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠Y ou must install the Windows î XP Service Pack 1 before using Serial A T A hard disk drives. The Serial A T A RAID feature (RAID 0 and RAID 1) is available only if you are using Windows î XP or later version. Connect the right-angle side of SA T A signal cable to SA T A device. Or you may connect the right-angle side of SA T A cable to the onboard SA T A port to avoid mechanical conîÂÂict with huge graphics cards. right angle side When using hot-plug and NCQ, set the ConîÂÂgure SA T A as in the BIOS to [AHCI]. See section 4.3.6 SA T A ConîÂÂguration for details. 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB 7 8, USB 9 10, USB 1 1 12) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS USB 2.0 Connectors GND NC GND USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 1 USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9 - USB_P9 GND 1 USB1 1 12 USB 5V USB_P12- USB_P12 GND NC USB 5V USB_P1 1- USB_P1 1 GND 1 Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! If your chassis suppots front panel USB ports, you can attach a front panel USB cable to these connectors. Connect the USB cable to ASUS Q-Connector (USB, blue) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (USB) to the USB connector onboard.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-25 5. IEE E 1394 a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS IEEE 1394a Connector IE1394_2 GND 12V TPB1- GND TP A1- 12V TPB1 GND TP A1 1 Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector . Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can attach a FireWire/1394 cable to this connector if your chassis suppots the front panel IEEE1394 port. Connect the 1394 cable to ASUS Q-Connector (1394, red) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (1394) to the 1394 connector onboard.
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. CPU, chassis and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1-2, 3-pin PWR_F AN, 3-pin OPT_F AN) The fan c onnect ors su pport cooli ng fan s of 3 50 mA ~ 2000 mA (24 W max.) or a total of 1 A ~ 7 A (84 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . DO NOT forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Fan Connectors GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CPU_F A N PWR_FAN OPT_FAN GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V CHA_F AN2 CHA_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V ⢠Only the CPU-F AN and CHA-F AN 1-2 connectors support the ASUS Advanced Q-Fan feature. ⢠If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labled CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2 for better themal environment.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-27 8. AT X p owe r c on ne cto rs (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2x4-pin EA TX12V) These connectors are for A TX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. 7. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector . The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default , the pin labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Intrusion Connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default ) P5K64 WS P5K64 WS ATX Power Connector EZ_PLUG 12V DC GND EA TX12V GND GND GND 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC EA TXPWR 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts NC 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground 12V GND EZ_DET# 5V 1 ⢠Make sure to remove the cap on the EA TX12V connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. ⢠Use only either a 4-pin A TX12V or an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug for the EA TX12V connector .
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 400 W . ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin/8pin EA TX12V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when conîÂÂguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠The A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0-compliant (400W) PSU has been tested to support the motherboard power requirements with the following conîÂÂguration: CPU: Intel î Pentium î Extreme 3.73GHz Memory: 512 MB DDR2 (x4) Graphics card: ASUS EAX1900XT Parallel A T A device: IDE hard disk drive Serial A T A device: SA T A hard disk drive (x2) Optical drive: DVD-RW ⢠If you want to use two high-end PCI Express x16 cards, use a PSU with 500W to 600W power or above to ensure the system stability . P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Front Panel Audio Connector SENSE2_RETUR PORT1L PORT1R PORT2R SEBSE_SEND PORT2L SENSE1_RETUR PRESENSE# GND AAFP Legacy ACâÂÂ97 compliant definition NC MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND HD-audio-compliant pin definition 9. Front panel audio co nne cto r (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC`97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector . ⢠We recommend that you connect a high-deîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboardâÂÂs high-deîÂÂnition audio capability . ⢠If you want to connect a high-deîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector , make sure that the Front Panel T ype item in the BIOS is set to [HD Audio]. If you want to connect an AC' 97 front panel audio module to this connector , set the item to [AC97]. Refer to page 4-24 for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-29 P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Internal Audio Conne ctor CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground 10. Optical drive audio con nec tor (4-pin CD) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner , or MPEG card. 1 1. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS COM Port Connector PIN 1 COM1 12. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) [Optional] This connector isupports a T rusted Platform Module (TPM) system, which can securely store keys, digital certiîÂÂcates, passwords, and data. A PTM system also helps enhance network security , protects digital identities, and ensures platform integrity . P5K64 WS P5K64 WS TPM Connector TPM 3.3V AD0 PWRDW# AD1 AD2 SERIRQ# CLKRUN# NC GND PCICLK FRAME# NC PCIRST# AD3 GND 3.3VSB GND NC NC
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . 13. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS System Panel Connector * Requires an A TX power supply NEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER P A
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-31 ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) Y ou can use the ASUS Q-Connector to connect/disconnect chassis front panel cables in a few steps. Refer to the instructions below to install the ASUS Q- Connector . 1. Connect the front panel cables to the ASUS Q-Connector . Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector to know the detailed pin deîÂÂnitions, then match them to the respective front panel cable labels. 2. Install the ASUS Q-Connector to the system panel connector , making sure the orientation matches the labels on the motherboard. 3. The front panel functions are now enabled. The îÂÂgure shows the Q-Connector properly installed on the motherboard.
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.3 Installing the optional fan Install the optional fan only if you are using a passive cooler or a water cooler . Installing the optional fan with an active CPU cooler will interfere with the airîÂÂow and destabilize the system. 1. Position the fan above the pipe and heatsink assembly . 2. Fit the grooved edge to the heatsink. 3. Carefully push down the fan until it snugly îÂÂts the heatsink, then connect the fan cables. ⢠Plug the optional fan cables to the CHA_F AN and/or PWR_F AN connector on the motherboard. ⢠Make sure the optional fan is installed correctly to prevent damage to the fan and motherboard components. 4. The above photo shows the fans installed on the motherboard. DO NOT tilt the fan. DO NOT install the fan with its rear side facing you.
3 Powering up T h i s c h a p t e r d e s c r i b e s t h e p o w e r u p s e qu e n c e , t h e v o c a l P O S T m e s s a g es , and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS P5K64 WS 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector a t the back of the system chassis. 4. C on ne c t t h e p o we r c or d to a p ow er ou t le t t ha t i s e q ui pp e d w i th a s u rg e protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights u p. F or s ystems with A TX p ower supplies , th e sy stem LED light s up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BI OS beep s (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional m e s s a g e s a p p e a r o n t h e s c r e en . I f y o u d o n o t s e e a n y t h in g w i t h in 3 0 seconds from the time you tu rned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4. BIOS Beep Description One short beep VGA detected Quick boot set to disabled No keyboard detected O n e c o n t i n u o u s b e e p f o l l o w e d b y t w o short beeps then a pause (repeated) No memory detected On e c on ti nuo us be ep f oll ow ed by t hr ee short beeps No VGA detected O n e c o n t i n uo u s b e e p f o l l o we d b y f o u r short beeps Hardware component failure
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î Vista: 1. Click the Start button then select ShutDown. 2. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts th e s yst em to s lee p mod e or t o s oft -off m ode , dep end ing o n th e B IOS s ett ing . Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section 4.5 Power Menu in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS P5K64 WS 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-8 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-1 1 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-15 4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-26 4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-31 4.7 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-35 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-37
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS using a îÂÂoppy disk or USB îÂÂash disk.) 3. ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk, USB îÂÂash disk or the motherboard support DVD when the BIOS îÂÂle fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk or USB îÂÂash disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities. Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support DVD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Open. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup T o update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk, then restart the system. 4.1.2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a îÂÂoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility . The EZ Flash 2 utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self T ests (POST). (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the T ools menu to select EZ Flash2 and press <Enter> to enable it. Y ou can switch between drives by pressing <T ab> before the correct îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter>. 3. Y ou can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the îÂÂoppy disk / USB îÂÂash disk that contains the BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk, or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T 32/16 format and single partition only . ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4. When the correct BIOS îÂÂle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.05 Current ROM Update ROM A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move FLASH TYPE: SST 25VF016 PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5K64-WS VER: 0119 DATE: 05/14/07 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-5 4.1.3 AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS îÂÂle in DOS environment using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk with the updated BIOS îÂÂle. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS îÂÂle that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS T o copy the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AFUDOS utility: Main îÂÂlename Extension name 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support DVD to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier . 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /o[î¿lename] where the [îÂÂlename] is any user-assigned îÂÂlename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main îÂÂlename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom ⢠Make sure that the îÂÂoppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 1024KB free space to save the îÂÂle. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only . The actual BIOS screen displays may not be same as shown. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. Reading îÂÂash ..... done Write to î¿le...... ok A:\> Updating the BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS îÂÂle using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) and download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support DVD to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier . 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /i[î¿lename] where [îÂÂlename] is the latest or the original BIOS îÂÂle on the bootable îÂÂoppy disk. A:\>afudos /iP5K64WS.ROM Write the BIOS îÂÂlename on a piece of paper . Y ou need to type the exact BIOS îÂÂlename at the DOS prompt. 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iP5K64WS.ROM AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during îÂÂash BIOS Reading î¿le ....... done Reading îÂÂash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing îÂÂash ...... done Writing îÂÂash ...... done Verifying îÂÂash .... done Please restart your computer A:\> A:\>afudos /iP5K64WS.ROM AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during îÂÂash BIOS Reading î¿le ....... done Reading îÂÂash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing îÂÂash ...... done Writing îÂÂash ...... 0x0008CC00 (9%) 4. The utility veriîÂÂes the îÂÂle and starts updating the BIOS. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure!
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-7 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS îÂÂle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Y ou can update a corrupted BIOS îÂÂle using the motherboard support DVD, the îÂÂoppy disk, or the USB îÂÂash disk that contains the updated BIOS îÂÂle. Prepare the motherboard support DVD, the îÂÂoppy disk or the USB îÂÂash disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility . Recovering the BIOS from the support DVD T o recover the BIOS from the support DVD: 1. T urn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support DVD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the DVD for the BIOS îÂÂle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. ⢠Only the USB îÂÂash disk with F A T 32/16 format and single partition can support ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3. The device size should be smaller than 8GB. ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. Recovering the BIOS from the USB îÂÂash disk T o recover the BIOS from the USB îÂÂash disk: 1. Insert the USB îÂÂash disk that contains BIOS îÂÂle to the USB port. 2. T urn on the system. 3. The utility will automatically checks the devices for the BIOS îÂÂle When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for îÂÂoppy... Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for îÂÂoppy... Floppy found! Reading î¿le âÂÂP5K64WS.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start îÂÂashing...
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS . Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the SPI chip. The SPI chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îÂÂrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Setup Defaults item under the Exit Menu. See section 4.8 Exit Menu. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-9 Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Wed 05/16/2007] Floppy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Language [English] SATA1 [Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] SATA5 [Not Detected] SATA6 [Not Detected] SATA Conî¿guration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure the System Time. 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) conîÂÂguration Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration T ools For conîÂÂguring options for special functions Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.3 Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen The navigation keys may differ from one screen to another . Navigation keys General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to 4.2.7 Pop-up window. 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. 4.2.8 Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not îÂÂt on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.9 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Main menu items Scroll bar Pop-up window System Time [11:55:54] System Date [Wed 05/16/2007] Floppy Diskette A [1 .4 4M , 3. 5 in.] Language [English] SATA1 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA2 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA3 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA4 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA5 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA6 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA Conî¿guration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB], or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure system.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-1 1 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Floppy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] 4.3.4 Language [English] Allows you to select the display language for the BIOS setup screen. ConîÂÂguration options: [Chinese(BIG5)] [Chinese(GB)] [Japanese] [Français] [German] [English] Refer to section 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Mon 04/23/2007] Floppy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Language [English] SATA1 [Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] SATA5 [Not Detected] SATA6 [Not Detected] SATA Conî¿guration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure the System Time.
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 SA T A 1-6 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial A T A devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SA T A device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SA T A device information. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main SATA 1 Device : Hard Disk Vendor : ST380817AS Size : 80.0GB LBA Mode : Supported Block Mode : 16Sectors PIO Mode : 4 Async DMA : MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA : Ultra DMA-5 SMART Monitoring: Supported Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-Sector Transfer) [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Se l ec t t h e t yp e of devic e co nnected to the system. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, V endor , Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-conîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. T ype [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are speciîÂÂcally conîÂÂguring a CD-ROM drive. Select [ARMD] (A T API Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP , LS-120, or MO drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-Sector T ransfer) [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the data transfer mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-13 DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWDMA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA4] [UDMA5] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting T echnology . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data T ransfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A ConîÂÂguration [Enhanced] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Compatible] [Enhanced] Configure SA T A as [IDE] Sets the conîÂÂguration for the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Southbridge chip. ConîÂÂguration options: [IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial A T A features that increases storage performance on random workloads by allowing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. If you want to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10, or the Intel î Matrix Storage T echnology conîÂÂguration from the Serial A T A hard disk drives, set this item to [RAID]. If you want to use the Serial A T A hard disk drives as Parallel A T A physical storage devices, keep the default setting [IDE]. If yo u w ant t he Se ria l AT A h ard di sk d riv es to u se the Ad va nc ed Hos t C on tro lle r In ter fac e ( AH CI ), set t hi s i tem to [ AH CI] . SATA Conî¿guration SATA Conî¿guraton [Enhanced] Conî¿gure SATA as [IDE] Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] SATA Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] 4.3.6 SA T A ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allow you to set or change the conîÂÂgurations for the SA T A devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you want to conîÂÂgure the item. Options Disabled Compatible Enhanced
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.7 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system speciîÂÂcations. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU speciîÂÂcation. System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory . Select Screen Select Item F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main AMIBIOS Version : 0119 Build Date : 05/14/07 Processor Type : Genuine Intel(R) CPU 2.80GHz Speed : 2814 MHz Count : 2 System Memory Available : 512 MB Intel Robson T echnology [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable Intel Robson T echnology . ConîÂÂguration option: [Disabled] [Enabled] The Intel Robson T echnology appears only when you set the item ConîÂÂgure SA T A as to [AHCI]. Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] Disables or enables device write protection. This will be ef fective only if the device is accessed through BIOS. ConîÂÂguration option: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] Selects the time out value for detecting A T A/A T API devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-15 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Jumperfree Conî¿guration Ai Net 2 USB Conî¿guration CPU Conî¿guration Chipset Onboard Devices Conî¿guration PCIPnP BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.1 JumperFree ConîÂÂguration Conî¿gure System Frequency/Voltage Ai Overclocking [Auto] CPU Ratio Control [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Timing Control [Auto] DRAM Static Read Control [Auto] Transaction Booster [Auto] Clock Over-Charging Mode [Auto] CPU Spread Spectrum [Auto] PCIE Spread Spectrum [Auto] Select the target CPU frequency, and the relevant parameters will be auto-adjusted. Frequencies higher than CPU manufacturer recommends are not guaranteed to be stable. If the system becomes unstable, return to the default. Ai Overclocking [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency . Selct either one of the preset overclocking conîÂÂguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. N.O.S. The ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks.
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup FSB/CPU External Frequency Synchronization FSB Frequency [266] Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the FSB frequency . Y ou can also type the desired CPU frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 200 to 800. Refer to the table below for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. A very high DRAM frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting. DRAM Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR operating frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR3-800 MHz] [DDR3-889MHz] [DDR3-1067] Front Side Bus CPU External Frequency FSB 1066 266 MHz FSB 800 200 MHz N.O.S. Mode [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Standard] [Sensitive] [Heavy Load] CPU Ratio Control [Auto] Allows you to control the CPU ratio. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Manual] The following item only appears when you set the Ai Overclocking item to [N.O.S]. PCIE Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [100] [101] ~ [149] [150] DRAM Timing Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ Manual ] The following two items only appear when you set the Ai Overclocking item to [Manual]. The following item only appears when you set the CPU Ratio Control item to [Manual]. Ratio CMOS Setting [7] ConîÂÂguration options: [6] [7]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-17 The following items appear when you set the DRAM Timing Control item to [Manual]. CAS# Latency [ 6] ConîÂÂguration options: [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] RAS# to CAS# Delay [ 5 DRAM Clocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [3 DRAM Clocks] [4 DRAM Clocks]~[9 DRAM Clocks] [10 DRAM Clocks] RAS# Precharge [ 5 DRAM Clocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [ 3 DRAM Clocks] [ 4 DRAM Clocks]~[ 9 DRAM Clocks] [10 DRAM Clocks] RAS# Activate to Precharge [15 DRAM Clocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [ 9 DRAM Clocks] [10 DRAM Clocks]~[16 DRAM Clocks] [17 DRAM Clocks] TWR [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ 1 DRAM Clocks]~[15 DRAM Clocks] TRFC [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [30 DRAM Clocks] [36 DRAM Clocks] [48 DRAM Clocks] [60 DRAM Clocks] [72 DRAM Clocks] TWTR [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ 1 DRAM Clocks]~[15 DRAM Clocks] TRRD [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ 1 DRAM Clocks]~[15 DRAM Clocks] TRTP [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ 1 DRAM Clocks]~[15 DRAM Clocks] DRAM Static Read Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] DRAM Dynamic Write Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] T ransaction Booster [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Enabled] Clock Over-Charging Mode [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [700mV] [800mV] [900mV] [1000mV] CPU Spread Spectrum [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU spread spectrum. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled]
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup CPU V oltage [Auto] Allows you to select the CPU VCore voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.7000V] [1.6875V] [1.6750V] [1.6625V] [1.6500V] [1.6375V] [1.6250V] [1.6125V] [1.6000V] [1.5875V] [1.5750V] [1.5625V] [1.5500V] [1.5375V] [1.5250V] [1.5125V] [1.5000V] [1.4875V] [1.4750V] [1.4625V] [1.4500V] [1.4375V] [1.4250V] [1.4125V] [1.4000V] [1.3875V] [1.3750V] [1.3625V] [1.3500V] [1.3375V] [1.3250V] [1.3125V] [1.3000V] [1.2875V] [1.2750V] [1.2625V] [1.2500V] [1.2375V] [1.2250V] [1.2125V] [1.2000V] [1.1875V] [1.1750V] [1.1625V] [1.1500V] [1.1375V] [1.1250V] [1.1 125V] [1.1000V] The following items appear when you set the Ai Overclocking item to [Manual] and [N.O.S]. CPU V oltage Reference [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.63x] [0.61x] [0.59x] [0.57x] CPU V oltage Damper [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU voltage damper . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU PLL V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.60V] [1.70V] [1.80V] DRAM V oltage [Auto] Allows you to select the DRAM reference voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.55V] [1.60V] ~ [2.15V] [2.20V] [2.25V] FSB T ermination V oltage [Auto] Allows you to select the front side bus termination voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20C] [1.30V] [1.40V] [1.50V] Refer to the CPU documentation before setting the CPU Vcore voltage. Setting a high VCore voltage may damage the CPU permanently , and setting a low VCore voltage may make the system unstable. Setting a high FSB termination voltage may damage the chipset and CPU. North Bridge V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.25V] [1.40V] [1.55V] [1.70V] North Bridge V oltage Reference [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.67x] [0.61x] South Bridge V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.05V] [1.20V] PCIE Spread Spectrum [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the PCIE spread spectrum. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-19 4.4.2 Ai Net 2 The menu displays the status of the Local Area Network (LAN) cable connceted to the LAN (RJ-45) port. POST Check Lan cable [Disabled] Ai Net 2 Pair Status Length 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A POST CHECK LAN CABLE [DISABLEDS] Allows you to enable or disable LAN cable check during POST . When enabled, the menu reports the cable faults or shorts, and displays the point (length) where the fault or short is detected. ConîÂÂrguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] Ai Net 2 Pair Status Length 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A Options Disabled Enhanced Y ou must reboot after changing the setting.
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup The USB 2.0 Controller Mode item appears only when you enable the USB 2.0 Controller . USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller mode to HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or FullSpeed (12 Mbps). ConîÂÂguration options: [FullSpeed] [HiSpeed] The following items appear only when you set USB Functions to [Enabled]. 4.4.3 USB ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. The USB Devices Enabled item shows the auto-detected values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced USB Conî¿guration USB Devices Enabled: 1 Mouse USB Functions [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Port 64/60 Emulation [Disabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] USB Functions [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB Host Controllers. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Options Disabled Enabled
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-21 BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Allows you to enable the support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Port 64/60 Emulation [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the I/O port 60h/64h emulation support. This item should be enabled for the complete USB keyboard legacy support for non-USB aware OSes. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.4 CPU ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. CPU Ratio Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Manual] The following item appears when the item CPU Ratio Control is set to [Manual]. Ratio CMOS Setting: [ 7] Allows you to set the ratio between the CPU Core Clock and the FSB Frequency . Use < > and <-> to adjust the value. ConîÂÂguration options: [ 6] [ 7] Max CPUID V alue Limit [Disabled] Setting this item to [Enabled] allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU TM function [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the No-Execution Page Protection T echnology . Setting this item to [Disabled] forces the XD feature îÂÂag to always return to zero (0). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Conî¿gure advanced CPU settings M anufacturer: Intel Brand String: Genuine Intel(R) CPU 2.80GHz Frequency : 2.81GHz FSB Speed : 800 MHz Cache L1 : 32 KB Cache L2 : 2048 KB CPUID : F44 Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:14, Min:14) Ratio Actual Value : 14 CPU Ratio Control [Auto] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] CPU TM function: [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Options Auto Manual
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-23 4.4.5 Chipset The Chipset menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced Chipset Settings WARMING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. North Bridge Conî¿guration Conî¿gure North Bridge features. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced North Bridge Chipset Conî¿guration Memory Remap Feature [Enabled] Initiate Graphic Adapter [PEG/PCI] PEG Port Control [Auto] PEG Port Force x1 [Disabled] North Bridge Chipset ConîÂÂguration Memory Remap Feature [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the remapping of the overlapped PCI memory above the total physical memory . Enable this option only when you install 64-bit operating system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Initiate Graphic Adapter [PEG/PCI] Allows you to decide which graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI/PEG] [PEG/PCI] Options Disabled Enabled PEG Port Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] The following item appears only when you set PEG Port Control to [Auto] PEG Port Force x1 [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.6 OnBoard Devices ConîÂÂguration Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Onboard Device Conî¿guration High Deî¿nition Audio [Enabled] Front Panel Type [HD Audio] Marvell IDE/eSATA [Legacy Mode] IDE/eSATA Boot ROM [Enabled] PCEI GigaBit LAN1 [Enabled] LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] PCI GigaBit LAN2 [Enabled] LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Firewire 1394 [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Enable or Disable High Deî¿nition Audio Controller High DeîÂÂnition Audio [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the High DeîÂÂnition Audio Controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Front Panel Support T ype [HD Audio] Allows you to set the front panel audio connector (AAFP) mode to legacy ACâÂÂ97 or high-deîÂÂnition audio depending on the audio standard that the front panel audio module supports. ConîÂÂguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Marvell IDE/eSA T A [Legacy Mode] ConîÂÂguration options: [Legacy Mode] [Disabled] IDE/eSA T A Boot Rom [Enable] This item appears only when you set the previous item to [Legacy Mode] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCIE GigaBit LAN1 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-25 4.4.7 PCIPnP The PCIPnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the PCIPnP menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [NO] When set to [NO], BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [YES] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [NO] [YES] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [NO] NO: lets the BIOS conî¿gure all the devices in the system. YES: lets the operating system conî¿gure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system. LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] This item appears only when you enable the previous item. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI GigaBit LAN2 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Agere Firewire 1394 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3]
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. ConîÂÂguration options: [S1 (POS) Only] [S3 Only] [Auto] 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [Disabled] Add additional tables as per ACPI 2.0 speciîÂÂcations. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to [Enabled], the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Suspend Mode [Auto] Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled] ACPI 2.0 Support [Disabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] APM Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-27 4.5.5 APM ConîÂÂguration Restore On AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to [Power Off], the system goes into of f state after an AC power loss. When set to [Power On], the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to [Last State], the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to [Enabled], the items RTC Alarm Date / RTC Alarm Hour / RTC Alarm Minute / RTC Alarm Second will become user-conîÂÂgurable with set values. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the îÂÂrst try . T urning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is of f causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCIE devices to generate a wake event. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off ] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] <Enter> to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss.
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-Esc] [Power Key] 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor Select Screen Select Item - Change Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power Hardware Monitor AI Quite [Disabled] CPU Temperature [65.5úC/149.5úF] MB Temperature [35úC/95úF] CPU Fan Speed [2848RPM] CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Chassis Fan 1 Speed [N/A] Chassis Fan 2 Speed [N/A] Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Power Fan Speed [N/A] VCORE Voltage [ 1.328V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.232V] 5V Voltage [ 5.136V] 12V Voltage [11.816V] Automatically optimize BIOS setting to Minimize CPU FAN speed according to system loading. AI Quiet [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS AI Quiet feature. ASUS AI Quiet optimizes system performance by automatically adjusting the CPU fan speed according to the system loading. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU T emperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB T emperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows [N/A]. CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-29 The CPU Q-Fan Mode and CPU Fan ProîÂÂle items appear when you enable the CPU Q-Fan Control feature. CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] Allows you to select the type of CPU fan cable connected to the CPU fan connector . Set to [PWM] when using a 4-pin CPU fan cable. ConîÂÂguration options: [PWM] Some CPU fans with a 4-pin cable do not comply with Intel î âÂÂs PWM fan speciîÂÂcation. When using this type of CPU fan, you can not reduce the CPU fan speed even if you set the CPU Q-Fan Mode to [PWM]. CPU Fan ProîÂÂle [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan. When set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. Set this item to [Silent Mode] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation, or [Performance Mode] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. Chassis Fan 1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows [N/A]. Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the chassis Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠The Chassis Fan Ratio and Chassis T arget T emperature items appear when you enable the Chassis Q-Fan Control feature. ⢠The Chassis Q-Fan function is available only on CHA_F AN1. Chassis Fan Ratio [Auto] Allows you to select the fan speed ratio so that the fans operate at a low CPU temperature. Setting a very low ratio may cause a dramatical fan speed drop and trigger a hardware monitor warning message. ConîÂÂguration options: [Optimal] [90%] [80%] [70%] [60%] Chassis T arget T emperature [37úC] The CPU fan speed will be adjusted to maintain the CPU temperature as low as the selected temperature. ConîÂÂguration options: [28úC] [31úC] [34úC] [37úC] [40úC] [43úC] [46úC]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows N/A. Vcore V oltage, 3.3V V oltage, 5V V oltage, 12V V oltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Select [Ignored] if you do not want to detect this item.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-31 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security Speciî¿es the Boot Device Boot Priority sequence. A virtual îÂÂoppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B: ) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the î¿rst boot device. 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [xxx Drive] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [xxx Drive] [Disabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Boot Device [HDD:PM-ST380817AS] 3rd Boot Device [A TA PI C D- RO M ] Speciî¿es the boot sequence from the availabe devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding menu.
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.2 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] This allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo3⢠feature. AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] W ait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the system waits for the <F1> key to be pressed when error occurs. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Settings Conî¿guration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Wait for âÂÂF1â if Error [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrea se the time needed to boot the system.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-33 4.6.3 Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed. T o set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. ConîÂÂrm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. T o change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. T o clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. The message âÂÂPassword Uninstalledâ appears. If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. See section 2.6 Jumper for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. Select Screen Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password.
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. ConîÂÂguration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] [No Access] prevents user access to the Setup utility . [View Only] allows access but does not allow change to any îÂÂeld. [Limited] allows changes only to selected îÂÂelds, such as Date and T ime. [Full Access] allows viewing and changing all the îÂÂelds in the Setup utility . Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this item shows Installed. T o set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. ConîÂÂrm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully . T o change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility . When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [Always] Select Screen Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Installed User Password : Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check [Setup] <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-35 4.7 Tools menu The T ools menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS O.C. Proî¿le Press ENTER to run the utility to select and update BIOS. This utility doesn't support : 1.NTFS format 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a conîÂÂrmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Y es] or [No], then press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm your choice. Please see page 4-4, section 4.1.2 for details. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.05 Current ROM Update ROM A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move FLASH TYPE: SST 25VF016 PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5K64-WS VER: 0119 DATE: 05/14/07 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown This function can not support IDE CD-ROM, IDE DVD-ROM, or External SA T A devices. This function support only with F A T 32/16 format.
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Tools O.C. PROFILE Conî¿guration O.C. Proî¿le 1 Status : Not Installed O.C. Proî¿le 2 Status : Not Installed Save to Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 1 Save to Proî¿le 2 Load from Proî¿le 2 Start O.C. Proî¿le Save to Proî¿le 1 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Save to ProîÂÂe 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the îÂÂle. Load from ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. Start O.C. ProîÂÂle Allows you to run the utility to save and load CMOS. Press <Enter> to run the utility . ASUSTek O.C. Proî¿le Utility V1.05 Current CMOS Restore CMOS A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5K64-WS VER: 0119 DATE: 05/14/07 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T 32/16 format and single partition only . ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent the system boot failure!
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-37 4.8 Exit menu Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Exit system setup afte r saving the changes. F10 key can be used fo r this operation. Exit & Save Changes Once you are îÂÂnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îÂÂelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîÂÂrmation before exiting. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîÂÂrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM.
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-28 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-39
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î XP/64-bit XP/Vista/64-bit V ista operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support DVD information The support DVD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 Running the support DVD Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary . Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only . Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack 2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability . The contents of the support DVD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support DVD/motherboard information
5-2 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. ASUS InstAll-Installation Wizard for Drivers Installs the ASUS InstAll-Drivers Installation Wizard. Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Installs the Intel î chipset Inf update program. Intel Matrix Storage Manager Driver Installs the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager driver . Realtek Audio Driver Installs the Realtek î ALC888 audio driver and application. Marvell Y ukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell î Gigabit Ethernet LAN driver . Marvell 61xx P A T A/eSA T A Controller Driver Installs the Marvell î 61xx Parallel A T A/Serial A T A controller driver. USB 2.0 Driver Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver .
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-3 5.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS InstAll-Installation Wizard for Utilities Installs all of the utilities through the Installation Wizard. Marvell Y ukon VCT Application Installs the Marvell î Y ukon Virtual Cable T ester (VCT) Application. Marvell Y ukon CP A Application Installs the Marvell î Y ukon Control Panel Applet (CP A) Application. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS AI Suite Installs the ASUS AI Suite. ASUS Update Allows you to download the latest version of the BIOS from the ASUS website. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website.
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Adobe Acrobat Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view , and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0 driver . The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0 is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer . Visit the Microsoft website (www .microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-Virus Utility The anti-virus application detects and protects your computer from viruses that destroys data.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-5 5.2.4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains items to create Intel î ICH9R RAID driver disk/ Marvell î 61xx P A T A/eSA T A driver disk. Make Intel ICH9R AHCI/RAID 32bit/64bit Driver Allows you to create an Intel î ICH9R RAID driver disk for a 32/64-bit system. Make Marvell 61xx P A T A/eSA T A Driver Allows you to create a Marvell î 61xx P A T A/eSA T A driver disk.
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.5 Manual menu The Manual menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual îÂÂles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities tab before opening a user manual îÂÂle. 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-7 5.2.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support DVD. Click an icon to display the speciîÂÂed information. Motherboard Info Displays the general speciîÂÂcations of the motherboard. Browse this DVD Displays the support DVD contents in graphical format.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support T echnical support Form Displays the ASUS T echnical Support Request Form that you have to îÂÂll out when requesting technical support. Filelist Displays the contents of the support DVD and a brief description of each in text format.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the Support DVD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme îÂÂle that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-T ests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the Support DVD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. T o launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility . Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options from the drop down menu, then click Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before îÂÂashing BIOS, then click Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle from the drop down menu, then click Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS îÂÂle, then click Next . The ASUS MyLogo window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the AFUDOS utility to make a copy of your original BIOS îÂÂle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility . ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section 4.6.2 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration . ⢠Y ou can create your own boot logo image in GIF , or BMP îÂÂle formats. ⢠The îÂÂle size should be smaller than 150 K.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility , îÂÂash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After îÂÂashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST . 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-1 1 5.3.2 Audio conîÂÂgurations The Realtek î ALC888 audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your computer . The software provides Jack- Sensing function, S/PDIF Out support, and interrupt capability . The ALC888 also includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology for all audio ports, eliminating cable connection errors and giving users plug and play convenience. Follow the installation wizard to install the Realtek î Audio Driver from the support DVD that came with the motherboard package. If the Realtek audio software is correctly installed, you will îÂÂnd the Realtek HD Audio Manager icon on the taskbar . From the taskbar , double-click on the SoundEffect icon to display the Realtek HD Audio Manager . Realtek HD Audio Manager Control settings window ConîÂÂguration options Information button Realtek HD Audio Manager Exit button Minimize button
5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Information Click the information button ( ) to display information about the audio driver version, DirectX version, audio controller , audio codec, and language setting. Minimize Click the minimize button ( ) to minimize the window . Exit Click the exit button ( ) to exit the Realtek HD Audio Manager . ConîÂÂguration options Click any of the tabs in this area to conîÂÂgure your audio settings. Sound Effect The Realtek î ALC888 Audio CODEC allows you to set your listening environment, adjust the equalizer , set the karaoke, or select pre-programmed equalizer settings for your listening pleasure. T o set the sound effect options: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the Sound Effect tab. 2. Click the shortcut buttons or the drop-down menus for options on changing the acoustic environment, adjust the equalizer , or set the karaoke to your desired settings. 3. Click to effect the Sound Ef fect settings and exit.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-13 Mixer The M ixer opti on allows you to conîÂÂgu re audio output (playback) volume and audio input (record) volume. T o set the mixer options: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the Mixer tab. 2. T urn the volume buttons to adjust the Playback and/or Record volume. The Mixer option activates voice input from all channels by default. Make sure to set all channels to mute ( ) if you do not want voice input. 3. Make adjustments to W ave, SW Synth, Front, Rear , Subwoofer , CD volume, Mic volume, Line V olume, and Stereo mix by clicking the control tabs and dragging them up and down until you get the desired levels. 4. Click to effect the Mixer settings and exit. Audio I/O The Audio I/O option allows you conîÂÂgure your input/output settings. T o set the Audio I/O options: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the Audio I/O tab. 2. Click the drop-down menu to select the channel conîÂÂguration. 3. The control settings window displays the status of connected devices. Click for analog and digital options. 4. Click <OK> to effect the Audio I/O settings and exit
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Microphone The Microphone option allows you conîÂÂgure your input/output settings and to check if your audio devices are connected properly . T o set the Microphone options: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the Microphone tab. 2. Click the Noise Suppression option button to reduce the static background noise when recording. 3. Click the Acoustic Echo Cancellation option button to reduce the echo from the front speakers when recording. 4. Click to effect the Microphone settings and exit. 3D Audio Demo The 3D Audio Demo option gives you a demonstration of the 3D audio feature. T o start the 3D Audio Demo: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the 3D Audio Demo tab. 2. Click the option buttons to change the sound, moving path, or environment settings. 3. Click to test your settings. 4. Click to effect the 3D Audio Demo settings and exit.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-15 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâÂÂs vital components, and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility , you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II T o install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the Support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the Support DVD to locate the setup.exe îÂÂle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder . Double-click the setup.exe îÂÂle to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II. 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Y ou can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.xx.xx . The PC Probe II main window appears. After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility conîÂÂguration. By default, the main window displays the Preference section. Y ou can close or restore the Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Preference panel
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show . When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Y ou can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window . Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate. Button Function Opens the ConîÂÂguration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory , CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-17 Changing the monitor panels position T o change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK when îÂÂnished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. Y ou can now move or reposition the panel independently . Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâÂÂs desktop. Large display Small display Click to increase value Click to decrease value Adjusting the sensor threshold value Y ou can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. Y ou can also adjust the threshold values using the ConîÂÂg window . Y ou cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel.
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below . Large display Small display WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser . This browser displays various Windowsî management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information to display the available information. Y ou can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser . DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser . This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information to display the available information.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-19 PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser . This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information item to display available information. Usage The Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser . CPU usage The CPU tab displays real- time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space.
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory . The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available ConîÂÂguring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The ConîÂÂg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes Lo ad s y ou r s av ed co nî gur at ion Saves your conîÂÂguration
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-21 5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ASUS AI Suite allows you to launch AI Gear2, AI N.O.S., AI Booster , AI Nap, and Q-Fan2 utilities easily . Installing AI Suite T o install AI Suite on your computer: 1. Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click AI Suite . 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching AI Suite Y ou can launch the AI Suite right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch the AI Suite from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > AI Suite > AI Suite v1.xx.xx . The AI Suite main window appears. After launching the application, the AI Suite icon appears in the Windows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using AI Suite Click the AI N.O.S., AI Gear2, AI Nap, AI Booster , or Q-Fan2 icon to launch the utility , or click the Normal icon to restore the system to normal state. Press to launch AI Gear2 Press to launch AI Nap Pres s to la unch AI N.O.S. Press to launch Q-Fan2 Pr ess to l aun ch A I Bo ost er Press to restore to normal
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Other feature buttons Click on right corner of the main window to open the monitor window . Click on right corner of the expanded window to switch the temperature from degrees Centigrade to degrees Fahrenheit. Displays the CPU/ system temperature, CPU/memory/PCIE voltage, and CPU/ chassis fan speed Displays the FSB/CPU frequency
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-23 5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear2 ASUS AI Gear2 provides four system performance options that allows you to select the best performance setting for your computing needs. This easy-to-use utility adjusts the processor frequency and vCore voltage to minimize system noise and power consumption. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch AI Gear2 by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on your Windows OS taskbar and then click the AI Gear2 button on the AI Suite main window . Shift the gear to the performance setting that you like. Maximum Performance Medium Performance High Performance Maximum Power Saving
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away . Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI Nap button on the AI Suite main window . Click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o switch the power button functions from AI Nap to shutting down, just right click the AI Suite icon on the OS taskbar , select AI Nap and click Use power button . Unclick the the item to switch the function back.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-25 5.3.7 ASUS AI N.O.S. This ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI N.O.S. button on the AI Suite main window . drop-down menu button select an N.O.S. mode Click the drop-down menu button and select Disable or Manual. Click Apply at the bottom to save the conîÂÂguration.
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.8 ASUS Q-Fan2 This ASUS Q-Fan2 Control feature allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan2 or the Chassis Q-Fan2 for more efîÂÂcient system operation. After enabling the Q-Fan2 function, the fans can be set to automatically adjust depending on the temperature, to decrease fan speed, or to achieve the maximum fan speed. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows î OS taskbar and click the Q-Fan2 button on the AI Suite mAIn window . Click the drop-down menu button and display the fan names. Select CPU Q-Fan2 or CHASSIS Q-Fan2. Click the box of Enable Q-Fan2 to activate this function. drop-down list button Enable Q- Fan2 box ProîÂÂle list appears after clicking the Enable Q-Fan2 box. Click the drop-down list button and select a proîÂÂle. Optimal mode makes the fans adjust speed with the temperature; Silent mode minimizes fan speed for quiet fan operation; Performance mode boosts the fan to achieve maximal fan speed for the best cooling effect. click to display the drop- down list and select a Q-Fan2 mode Click Apply at the bottom to save the setup.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-27 5.3.9 ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows î environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows î OS taskbar and click the AI Booster button on the AI Suite main window . The options on the taskbar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/ Memory/PCI-E frequency manually , or create and apply your personal overclocking conîÂÂgurations.
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a created RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support DVD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5.4 RAID conî¿gurations The motherboard comes with two RAID controllers that allow you to conîÂÂgure Serial A T A hard disk drives as RAID sets. ⢠The Intel î ICH9R Southbridge RAID includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller that supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5 for six independent Serial A T A channels. ⢠Marvell î 88SE6121 RAID. Enabled by Marvell î 88SE6121 controller , Marvell î RAID extends the advantages of software RAID beyond internal hard disk drives to an external disk or external, port-multiplier enabled enclosure 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîÂÂguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîÂÂguration is best suited for tran saction proce ssing, r elatio nal da tabase appli cations , ente rprise resou rce planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. RAID 10 is data striping and data mirror ing combined withou t parit y (redu ndancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10* conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. Intel î Matrix Storage. The Intel î Matrix Storage technology supported by the ICH9R chip allows you to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, and RAID 10* function to improve both system performance and data safety . Y ou can also combine two RAID sets to get higher performance, capacity , or fault tolerance provided by the difference RAID function. For example, RAID 0 and RAID 1 set can be created by using only two identical hard disk drives.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-29 5.4.1 Installing Serial A T A hard disks The motherboard supports Serial A T A hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . T o install the SA T A hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SA T A signal cables. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . 5.4.2 Intel î RAID conîÂÂgurations This motherboard suppo rts RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10 and Intel î Matrix Storage conîÂÂgurations for Serial A T A hard disks drives through the Intel î ICH9R Southbridge chip. See Chapter 4 for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup. Setting the RAID item in BIOS Y ou must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s). T o do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST . 2. Go to th e M ai n Men u, se le ct SA T A Con îÂÂgu rat ion , t he n pre ss <En te r> . 3. Se l ec t t he i te m Co n fi gu re S A T A a s , t h en p re ss <E n te r> t o d i sp la y t he conîÂÂguration options. 4. Select RAID from the ConîÂÂgure SA T A as item options, then press <Enter>. 5. Select the item Onboard Serial-A T A BOOTROM, press <Enter>, then select Enabled from the options. 6. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup.
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10 (RAID 0 1), and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial A T A hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Southbridge. T o enter the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility: 1. Install all the Serial A T A hard disk drives. 2. T urn on the system. 3. During POST , press <Ctrl I> to display the utility main menu. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 4. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: None deî¿ned. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-31 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) T o create a RAID 0 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 0(Stripe), then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to conîÂÂgure as RAID. This pop-up screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ âÂÂâ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ SELECT DISKS ] [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection.
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array , then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 128 KB. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the Create V olume menu. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity . 8. Pre ss < Ente r> whe n t he C reat e V olu me ite m is hi ghli ghte d. Th is w arni ng message appears. TIP: We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-33 Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) T o create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 1(Mirror), then press <Enter>. 4. When the Capacity item is highlighted, key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicate s the maximum allowe d capacity . 5. Pre ss < Ente r> whe n t he C reat e V olu me ite m is hi ghli ghte d. Th is w arni ng message appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ âÂÂâ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) Select Disks N/A XX.X GB Create Volume WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 6. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to main menu or <N> to go back to Create V olume menu.
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 10 set T o create a RAID 10 set: 1. F r o m t h e u t i l i t y m a i n m e n u , s e l e c t 1 . C r e a t e R A I D Vo l u m e, t h e n p r e s s <Enter>. This screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume10 RAID10(RAID0 1) Select Disks 128KB XXX.X GB Create Volume 2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When t he R AID Level item is highl ighted, p ress the u p/down ar row key to select RAID 10, then press <Enter>. 4. Whe n t he Str ipe Si ze ite m is hi ghli ghte d, pre ss the u p/do wn arr ow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 10 array , then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64 KB. TIP: We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 5. Key i n t he RAID volu me cap acity t hat you want then pres s <Ent er> whe n the Ca pacity i tem is hi ghlight ed. Th e d efault v alue ind icates t he maxim um allowed capacity . [ âÂÂâ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-35 Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) T o create a RAID 5 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume5 RAID5(Parity) Select Disks 64KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ âÂÂâ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select 2. Enter a name for the RAID 5 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 5(Parity), then press <Enter>. 4. The Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to conîÂÂgure as RAID. The following pop-up screen appears. [ SELECT DISKS ] Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
5-36 Chapter 5: Software support 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the drive you want to set, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. 6. When the Stripe Size item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 5 array , then press <Enter>. Th e av aila ble stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64 KB. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to go back to the Create V olume menu. TIP: We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter> when the Capacity item is highlighted. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity . 8. Pre ss < Ente r> whe n t he C reat e V olu me ite m is hi ghli ghte d. Th is w arni ng message appears.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-37 Deleting a RAID set T ake caution when deleting a RAID set. Y ou will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. T o delete a RAID set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID V olume, then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, then press <Del>. This window appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] Name Level Drives Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 RAIDX(xxxxx) X XXX.XGB Normal Yes [ HELP ] Deleting a volume will destroy the volume data on the drive(s) and cause any member disks to become available as non-RAID disks. WARNING: EXISTING DATA WITHIN THIS VOLUME WILL BE LOST AND NON-RECOVERABLE. [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [<ESC>]-Previous Menu [<Del>]-Delete Volume 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu; otherwise, press <N> to return to the Delete V olume menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! Are you sure you want to delete volume âÂÂVolumeXâÂÂ? (Y/N): [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ]
5-38 Chapter 5: Software support Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Take c aution befor e you reset a R AID volum e HDD to non- RAID . Resett ing a RAID volu me HDD delete s all interna l RAID struc ture on th e drive . T o reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID, then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A conîÂÂrmation message appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. [ RESET RAID DATA ] Resetting RAID data will remove internal RAID structures from the selected RAID disks. By removing these structures, the drive will revert back to a non-RAID disk. WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all data on the disk to be lost. Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk Select the disks that should be reset. [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-39 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A f l o p p y d i s k w i t h t h e R A I D d r i v e r i s r e q u i r e d w h e n i n s t a l l i n g W i n d o w s î X P o p e r a t i n g s y s t e m o n a h a r d d i s k d r i v e t h a t i s i n c l u d e d i n a R A I D s e t . F o r Windows î Vista operating system, use either a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB device with the RAID driver . 5.5.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS T o create a RAID/SA T A driver disk without entering the OS: 1. Boot your computer . 2. Press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup utility . 3. Set the optical drive as the primary boot device. 4. Insert the support DVD into the optical drive. 5. Save changes and exit BIOS. 6. Pres s any ke y w hen th e s ystem p rompt s â Press a ny key t o b oot fro m t he optical drive.â 7. When the menu appears, press <1> to create a RAID driver disk. 8. Insert a formatted îÂÂoppy disk into the îÂÂoppy drive then press <Enter>. 9. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. 5.5.2 Creating a RAID/SA T A driver disk in Windows î T o create a RAID driver disk in Windows î environment: 1. Start Windows î . 2. Place the motherboard support DVD into the optical drive. 3. Go to the Mak e D isk men u, th en sel ect th e R AID dr iver dis k y ou wis h t o create: ⢠Click Make Intel ICH9R AHCI/RAID 32bit Driver to create an Intel î ICH9R RAID driver disk for a 32-bit system. ⢠Click Make Intel ICH9R AHCI/RAID 64bit Driver to create an Intel î ICH9R RAID driver disk for a 64-bit system. ⢠Click Make Marvell 61xx P A T A/eSA T A Driver to create a Marvell î 88SE61xx SA T A RAID driver disk. 4. Insert a îÂÂoppy disk/USB device into the îÂÂoppy disk drive/USB port. 5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection.
5-40 Chapter 5: Software support T o install the RAID driver in Windows î Vista: 1. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk/USB device with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive/U SB port. 2. During the OS installation, select Intel ICH9R. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. T o install the RAID driver in Windows î XP: 1. During the OS installat ion, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver . 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation.
6 This chapter tells how to install A TI î CrossFire⢠graphics cards to avail of A TIâÂÂs Multi-Video Processing technology . ATI î CrossFire⢠technology support
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 6 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards ....................................... 6-2 6.3 Software information ................................................................... 6-5
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the A TI î CrossFire⢠technology that allows you to install multi-graphics processing units (GPU) graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. 6.1.1 Requirements ⢠CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card (Master) ⢠CrossFireâ¢-ready graphics card (Slave) ⢠CrossFireâ¢-ready motherboard ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See 8. A TX Power connectors on page 2-30 for details. 6.1.2 Before you begin Uninstall other graphics card drivers in your system T o uninstall other graphics card drivers: 1. Close all current applications. 2. Go to Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs . 3. Select your current graphics card driver/s. 4. Select Add/Remove . 5. Restart your system. ⢠Visit the A TI website or download the Radeon î X850 CrossîÂÂre⢠Edition UserâÂÂs Guide from the support CD for detailed hardware requirements and installation procedures. ⢠The A TI CrossFire⢠technology supports only the following operating systems: - Windows î XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) - Windows î XP Professional 64-bit Edition. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the A TI î CrossFire⢠T echnology . Download the latest driver from the A TI website (www .ati.com) ⢠The maximum resolution of Radeon⢠X850 CrossFire⢠Edition is 1600 x 1200 at 65 MHz when you use DVI output.
6-2 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support Slave graphics card Master graphics card 2. Insert the CrossFire⢠Edition (Master) graphics card into the PCI Express x16 blue slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. 6.2 Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Before installing a CrossFire⢠system, refer to the user guide that came with the A TI î CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card. T o install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare one CrossFire⢠Edition (Master) graphics card and one CrossFireâ¢-ready (Slave) graphics card.
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-3 3. Insert the CrossFireâ¢-ready (Slave) graphics card into the PCI Express x16 black slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. 4. Connect an auxiliary power source from the power supply to the graphics cards.
6-4 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support 6. Connect the other end of the external cable to the Slave graphics card. 7. Connect the loose end to the corresponding port on your monitor . 5. Connect one end of the external cable to the Master graphics card. 7 6
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-5 6.3 Software information 6.3.1 Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. The A TI CrossFire⢠technology supports only the following operating systems: ⢠Windows î XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) ⢠Windows î XP Professional 64-bit Edition. ⢠Windows î Vista 32/64 bit Edition. (Will be ready later . Visit the A TI website (www .ati.com) 1. T urn on your system and log in with administrator rights. 2. Windows î auto-detects the CrossFire⢠graphics cards and displays the Found New Hardware Wizard window . Click Cancel . 3. Place the CrossFire⢠installation CD in your optical drive and install drivers from the opening menu. 4. Click Next to continue from the installation window that appears. 5. Read the License Agreement, then click Y es .
6-6 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support 6. Select the components that you want to install, then click Next. Setup prepares the installation wizard that will guide you to setup process. Windows automatically conîÂÂgures the A TI Catalyst Control Center . The status windows indicates the progress of the installation. 7. The Setup Complete window appears, indicating that the driver îÂÂles have been copied to your computer . Click Y es to restart your computer now or No to restart later 8. Click Finish . ⢠Select Express to install the HydraVision⢠multi-monitor and desktop management software, as well as the A TI driver . ⢠Select Custom to individually choose desired software components.
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-7 6.3.2 Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center The Catalyst⢠Control Center allows you to access display features of the A TI hardware and software you installed. Use this application to adjust your graphic settings, enable/disable connected devices, and change your desktop orientation. Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center There are several ways to launch the Catalyst⢠Control Center: ⢠On the Windows î task bar , click Start > A TI Catalyst⢠Control Center > Catalyst⢠Control Center ⢠Double-click the Catalyst⢠Control Center desktop shortcut. ⢠On the Windows î task bar , double- click the Catalyst⢠Control Center icon.
6-8 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box View The Catalyst⢠Control Center provides two views: Standard - simple view with wizards for beginners Advance - allows advanced users to access and conîÂÂgure the complete features of the software Set to Advance view to enable the CrossFire⢠function.
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-9 T o enable CrossFireâ¢: 1. Set the view to Advance . 2. Click the CrossîÂÂre⢠item in Graphics Settings. 3. In the CrossFire⢠Settings dialog, tick the box opposite Enable CrossFire⢠. 4. Click OK to effect the setting. 2 3 4 Hotkeys Click the Hotkeys tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the Hotkeys Manager , which allows you to create key combinations as shortcuts for performing certain functions quickly .
6-10 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support Profiles Click the ProîÂÂles tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the ProîÂÂles Manager , which allows you to create customized environments for your desktop, video, and 3D applications. Preferences Click the Preferences tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to select a language, restore defaults, change skins, or enable/disable the System T ray icon.
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-1 1 Help Click the Help tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the online help system, generate a Problem Report, and get the Catalyst⢠Control Center version information.
6-12 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support
A CPU features The Appendix describ es the CPU features a nd t e ch n ol og i es t ha t t he m o th e rb o ar d supports.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary A A.1 Intel î EM64T .................................................................................. A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) ........................ A-1 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................... A-3
ASUS P5K64 WS A-1 A.1 Intel î EM64T ⢠The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel î LGA775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. ⢠The moth erboar d com es wi th a BIOS îÂÂl e tha t sup ports EM64 T . Y o u can do wn l oa d t he la te st B IO S f il e f ro m t he AS US w eb si te ( ww w . as us .c om / support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS îÂÂle. See Chapter 4 for details. ⢠Visit www .intel.com for more information on the EM64T feature. ⢠Vi sit www .mi cro sof t.c om fo r mo re inf orm atio n o n W ind ows î 64-bit OS. Using the Intel î EM64T feature T o use the Intel î EM64T feature: 1. Install an Intel î CPU that supports the Intel î EM64T . 2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows î Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows î XP Professional x64 Edition or Windows î Server 2003 x64 Edition). 3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support DVD. 4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any . Re fer t o th e ex pan sio n ca rd or a dd -on d ev ice (s) d oc ume nta ti on, o r vi sit t he rela ted we bsite, to ver ify if the ca rd/dev ice suppor ts a 64 -bit s ystem. A.2 E n h a n c e d I n t e l S p e e d S t e p î Technology (EIST) ⢠T he m ot he r bo ar d co m es w it h a B IO S f i le t ha t s u pp o rt s E I ST . Y o u c an do wn l oa d t he la te st B IO S f il e f ro m t he AS US w eb si te ( ww w . as us .c om / su pp or t/d ow nl oa d/) i f y ou ne ed to u pda te th e B IO S. Se e C ha pt er 4 f or details. ⢠Visit www .intel.com for more information on the EIST feature. A.2.1 System requirements Before using EIST , check your system if it meets the following requirements: ⢠In tel î processor with EIST support ⢠BIOS îÂÂle with EIST support ⢠Oper atin g sys tem wi th EI ST su ppo rt (Wi ndow s î Vist a, Win dows î XP SP2 / Windows î Server 2003 SP1/Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions)
A-2 Appendix: CPU features A.2.2 Using the EIST T o use the EIST feature: 1. T urn on the computer , then enter the BIOS Setup. 2. G o t o t h e A d v a n c e d M e n u , h i g h l i g h t C P U C o n f i g u r a t i o n , then press <Enter>. 3. S e t t h e I n t e l ( R ) S p e e d S t e p T e c h n o l o g y i t e m t o [ A u t o m a t i c ] , then press <Enter>. 4. Press <F10> to save your changes and exit the BIOS setup. 5. After the computer restarts, right click on a blank space on the desktop, then select Properties from the pop-up menu. 6. W h e n t h e D i s p l a y P r o p e r t i e s wi nd ow a pp ea rs , cl ic k th e Sc re en Saver tab. 7. C l i c k t h e P o w e r b u t t o n o n t h e Monit or power secti on to open the Power Options Properties window . 8. O n t h e P o w e r s c h e m e s s e c t i o n , c l i c k , t h e n s e l e c t a n y o p t i o n e x c e p t H o m e / O f f i c e D e s k t o p o r Always On. 9. Click Apply , then click OK. 10. C l o s e t h e D i s p l a y P r o p e r t i e s window . After you adjust the power scheme, the CPU internal frequency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low . Th e s cr ee n di sp la ys an d p ro ced ur es ma y v ar y d ep end in g o n t he op er ati ng system.
ASUS P5K64 WS A-3 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠Th e m ot he rb oa rd su pp or ts I nt el î P en ti um î 4 L GA 77 5 pr oc es so rs wi th Hyper-Threading T echnology . ⢠Hyper-T hreading Tec hnology is supported un der Windows î Vi sta/ XP/ 200 3 Server and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only . Under Linux, use the Hyp er-Th readi ng co mpile r to com pile the cod e. I f you ar e usi ng an y other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading T echnology , visit www .intel.com/ info/hyperthreading. Using the Hyper-Threading T echnology T o use the Hyper-Threading T echnology: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup. Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading T echnology is set to [Enabled]. Th e BI OS i te m a pp ea rs o nly i f yo u in st al led a CP U th at s up por ts H yp er- -Threading T echnology . 3. Restart the computer .
A-4 Appendix: CPU features
ii E3231 First Edition May 2007 Copyright é 2007 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix P5K64 WS speciîÂÂcations summary .......................................................... xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Special features ................................................... 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS Intelligent Performance and Overclocking features .............................................. 1-7 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-7 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ................................ 2-9 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .......................... 2-1 1 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-13 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations .................................................. 2-13 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-15 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-15 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-16 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-16 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-16 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-17 2.5.4 PCI slots ........................................................................ 2-18 2.5.5 PCI Express slots .......................................................... 2-18 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-19
iv Contents 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-20 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-20 2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-22 2.7.3 Installing the optional fan .............................................. 2-32 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-4 4.1.3 AFUDOS utility ................................................................ 4-5 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ...................................... 4-7 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-8 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen .......................................................... 4-9 4.2.2 Menu bar ......................................................................... 4-9 4.2.3 Navigation keys ............................................................... 4-9 4.2.4 Menu items ................................................................... 4-10 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ............................................................ 4-10 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ....................................................... 4-10 4.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................. 4-10 4.2.8 Scroll bar ....................................................................... 4-10 4.2.9 General help ................................................................. 4-10 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-1 1 4.3.1 System T ime .................................................................. 4-1 1 4.3.2 System Date .................................................................. 4-1 1 4.3.3 Floppy Diskette A ...............................................................................4-11 4.3.4 Language ....................................................................... 4-1 1 4.3.5 SA T A 1-6 ....................................................................... 4-12 4.3.6 SA T A ConîÂÂguration ....................................................... 4-13 4.3.7 System Information ....................................................... 4-14 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-15 4.4.1 JumperFree ConîÂÂguration ............................................ 4-15
v Contents 4.4.2 Ai Net2 .......................................................................... 4-19 4.4.3 USB ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-20 4.4.4 CPU ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-22 4.4.5 Chipset .......................................................................... 4-23 4.4.6 OnBoard Devices ConîÂÂguration ................................... 4-24 4.4.7 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-25 4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-26 4.5.1 Suspend Mode .............................................................. 4-26 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume ........................................ 4-26 4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support .......................................................... 4-26 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support ....................................................... 4-26 4.5.5 APM ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-27 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-28 4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-31 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-31 4.6.2 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration .......................................... 4-32 4.6.3 Security ......................................................................... 4-33 4.7 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-35 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-35 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle ......................................................... 4-36 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-37 Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support DVD ............................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Make disk menu .............................................................. 5-5 5.2.5 Manual menu .................................................................. 5-6 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-6 5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-7 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠........................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 Audio conîÂÂgurations ...................................................... 5-1 1 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ......................................................... 5-15 5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ............................................................... 5-21
vi Contents 5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear 2 ............................................................ 5-23 5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap ................................................................ 5-24 5.3.7 ASUS AI N.O.S. ............................................................ 5-25 5.3.8 ASUS Q-Fan 2 .............................................................. 5-26 5.3.9 ASUS AI Booster ........................................................... 5-27 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-28 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions ............................................................ 5-28 5.4.2 Installing Serial A T A hard disks ..................................... 5-29 5.4.3 Intel î RAID conîÂÂgurations ............................................. 5-29 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-39 5.5.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS .... 5-39 5.5.2 Creating a RAID/SA T A driver disk in Windows î ............ 5-39 Chapter 6: A TI î CrossFire⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.1.1 Requirements .................................................................. 6-1 6.1.2 Before you begin ............................................................. 6-1 6.2 Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards ....................................... 6-2 6.3 Software information ................................................................... 6-5 6.3.1 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-5 6.3.2 Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center ............................... 6-7 Appendix: CPU features A.1 Intel î EM64T .................................................................................. A-1 Using the Intel î EM64T feature ...................................................... A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) ........................ A-1 A.2.1 System requirements ...................................................... A-1 A.2.2 Using the EIST ................................................................ A-2 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................... A-3 Using the Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................ A-3
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adpater or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer .
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package and the software. ⢠Chapter 6: A TI CrossFire⢠support This chapter describes the A TI CrossFire⢠feature and shows the graphics card installation procedures. ⢠Appendix: CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Key s encl osed i n the less- than a nd gre ater-t han s ign mea ns tha t you must p ress the enclo sed ke y. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[î¿lename] afudos /iP5K64WS.ROM DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi P5K64 WS speciî¿cations summary CPU LGA775 socket for Intel î Coreâ¢2 Quad / Coreâ¢2 Extreme / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D / Pentium î 4 Processors Supports FSB 800MHz and above only Compatible with Intel î 05B/05A/06 processors Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ready * Refer to www .asus.com for Intel CPU support list Chipset Intel î P35 / ICH9R with Intel î Fast Memory Access T echnology System Bus 1333 / 1066 / 800 MHz Memory 4 x DIMM, max. 8GB, DDR3 1333* / 1066 / 800 MHz, non-ECC, un-buffered memory Dual channel memory architecture * This chipset ofîÂÂcially supports the memory frequency up to DDR3 1066MHz. T uned by ASUS Super Memspeed T echnology , this motherboard natively supports up to DDR3 1333. Refer to www .asus.com or user manual for Memory QVL (Qualify Vendor List). Expansion Slots 4 x PCI-E x16 (blue @ x16 mode, black @ x4 mode) 2 x PCI 2.2 Storage Southbridge - 6 x SA T A 3.0 Gb/s ports - Supports RAID 0 , 1, 5 , 10, and Intel î Matrix Storage T echnology Marvell î 88SE6121 External Serial A T A controller - 2 x External Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s port -1 x Primary IDE port LAN Marvell î 88E8052 88E8001 Dual Gigabit LAN controllers Audio Realtek î ALC888 8-channel Azalia Audio CODEC Supports Multi-streaming, Enumeration, Jack-sensing, and Jack-retasking functions Coaxial and optical S/PDIF out ports (continued on the next page)
xii P5K64 WS speciî¿cations summary IEEE 1394 VIA 6308S 1394a controller supports 2 x IEEE 1394a ports (one at midboard; one at back panel) USB 12 x USB 2.0 ports (6 ports at mid-board, 6 ports at back panel) ASUS Special features ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution: - ASUS AI Gear 2 - ASUS AI Nap - ASUS 8-Phase Power Design - ASUS Fanless Design:Heatsink solution - ASUS Fanless Design: StackCool2 - ASUS Q Fan 2 - ASUS Optional Fan for Water-cooling or Passive- Cooling only ASUS Crystal Sound: - ASUS Noise Filter ASUS EZ DIY : - ASUS Q-Connector - ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle - ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 - ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS Stylish Features ASUS MyLogo2⢠Multi-language BIOS ASUS Exclusive Overclocking Features Intelligent overclocking tools: Intelligent overclocking tools: - AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) - ASUS AI Booster utility Precision T weaker: - vCore: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.0125V increment - vDIMM: 15-step DRAM voltage control - vChipset: 4-step Chipset voltage control SFS (Stepless Frequency Selection) - FSB tuning from 200MHz up to 800MHz at 1MHz increment - Memory tuning from 800MHz up to 1600MHz - PCI Express frequency tuning from 100MHz up to 150MHz at 1MHz increment Overclocking Protection: - ASUS C.P .R.(CPU Parameter Recall) (continued on the next page)
xiii P5K64 WS speciî¿cations summary Back Panel I/O Ports 1 x PS/2 Keyboard 1 x S/PDIF Out (Coaxial Optical) 2 x External SA T A 1 x IEEE1394a 2 x RJ45 port 6 x USB 2.0/1.1 8-channel Audio I/O Internal I/O Connectors 6 x USB connectors 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x COM connector 1 x IDE connector 1 x CPU Fan with PWM control connector 2 x Chassis Fan with Q-fan control connector 1 x Power Fan connector 1 x IEEE1394a connector Front panel audio connector Chassis Intrusion connector CD audio in 24-pin A TX Power connector 2 x 4-pin A TX 12V Power connector 1 x 20-pin Panel connector 1 x 4-pin EZ Plug connector 6 x SA T A 3.0 GB/s connectors BIOS Features 16 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, SM BIOS 2.3, ACPI 2.0a, Green PnP , DMI v2.0, Wfm2.0, ACPI v2.0a, SMBIOS v2.3, EZ Flash, CrashFree BIOS3 Manageability WOL by PME, WOR by PME, chassis intrusion, PXE, AI NET Support DVD Contents Drivers Symantec NIS 2006 ASUS PC Probe II ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Suite BIOS îÂÂash utility under DOS Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c Adobe î Acrobat Reader î 7.0 Form Factor A TX Form Factor , 12âÂÂx 9.6â (30.5cm x 24.5cm) *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice.
xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS P5K64 WS 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS î P5K64 WS motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS P5K64 WS I/O modules 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module 1-port IEEE 1394a module 1 x COM port module Cables 4 x Serial A T A signal cable for 4 devices 2 x Serial A T A power cable for 4 devcies 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories I/O shield 1 x ASUS Q-Connector Kit (USB, 1394, system panel; Retail version only) Application DVD ASUS motherboard support DVD Documentation User guide
1-2 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 Product highlights Green ASUS This motherboard and its packaging comply with the European UnionâÂÂs Restriction on the use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS). This is in line with the ASUS vision of creating environment-friendly and recyclable products/packaging to safeguard consumersâ health while minimizing the impact on the environment. Intel î Quad-core Processor Ready This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Quad-core processors in the LGA775 package. It is excellent for multi-tasking, multi-media and enthusiastic gamers with 1066 / 800 MHz FSB. Intel î Quad-core processor is one of the most powerful CPU in the world. This motherboard also supports Intel î CPUs in the new 45 nm manufacturing process. Intel î Coreâ¢2 Duo/ Intel î Coreâ¢2 Extreme CPU support This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Coreâ¢2 processor in the LGA775 package. With the new Intel î Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1333/ 1066 / 800 MHz FSB, the Intel î Coreâ¢2 is one of the most powerful and energy efîÂÂcient CPUs in the world. Intel P35 Chipset The Intel î P35 Express Chipset is the latest chipset designed to support 8GB of dual-channel DDR3 1066/800 architecture, 1333/1066/800 FSB (Front Side Bus), PCI Express x16 graphics and multi-core CPU. It especially includes Intel î Fast Memory Access technology that signiîÂÂcantly optimizes the use of available memory bandwidth and reduces the latency of the memory accesses. DDR3 memory support The motherboard supports DDR3 memory that features data transfer rates of 1066 / 800 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR3 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance. Furthermore, this motherboard does not restrict the memory size across two channels. Users may install different memory size DIMMs into the two channels and enjoy dual-channel and single-channel functions at the same time. This new feature optimizes the use of available memory size. See page 2-13 for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 1-3 Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s technology and SA T A-On-The-Go This motherboard supports the next-generation hard drives based on the Serial A T A (SA T A) 3Gb/s storage speciîÂÂcation, delivering enhanced scalability and doubling the bus bandwidth for high-speed data retrieval and saves. The external SA T A port located at the back I/O provides smart setup and hot-plug functions. Easily backup photos, videos and other entertainment contents to external devices. See pages 2-23, and 2-26 for details. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high speed digital interface for audio/video appliances such as digital television, digital video camcorders, storage peripherals & other PC portable devices. See pages 2-22 and 2-28 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready This motherboard provides convenient connectivity to external home theater audio systems via coaxial and optical S/PDIF-out (SONY -PHILIPS Digital Interface) jacks. It allows to transfer digital audio without converting to analog format and keeps the best signal quality . See page 2-24 for details. Dual Gigabit LAN solution The integrated dual Gigabit LAN design allows a PC to serve as a network gateway for managing trafîÂÂc between two separate networks. This capability ensures rapid transfer of data from W AN to LAN without any added arbitration or latency . See page 2-22 for details. High DeîÂÂnition Audio Enjoy high-end sound quality on your PC! The onboard 8-channel HD audio (High DeîÂÂnition Audio, previously codenamed Azalia) CODEC enables high-quality 192KHz/24-bit audio output that simultaneously sends different audio streams to different destinations. Y ou can now talk to your partners on the headphone while playing multi-channel network games. See pages 2-22 and 2-23 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3.2 ASUS Special features ASUS Quiet Thermal Solution ASUS Quiet Thermal solution makes system more stable and enhances the overclocking capability . AI Gear 2 AI Gear 2 allows you to choose from proîÂÂles to adjust CPU frequency and vCore voltage, minimizing system noise and saving 50% power consumption at most. Y ou can real-time chnage the mode under operating system to suit your needs. See page 5-20 for details. AI Nap With AI Nap, the system can continue running at minimum power and noise when you are temporarily away . T o wake the system and return to the OS environment, simply click the mouse or press a key . See page 5-21 for details. 8-Phase Power Design The ASUS 8-Phase Power Design provides highly efîÂÂcient operation to generate less heat (at least 15ðC (27ðF)) than other conventional power solutions. It reduces input ripple current and output ripple voltage, which keeps CPU and power module from suffering the risk of high power stress. It has the advantages of quick transient response and stability , especially beneîÂÂcial when CPU requires more current immediately under heavy loading or overclocking mode. Fanless Design - Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat these critical components generate. Optional Fan (for W ater-Cooling or Passive-Cooling only) The optional fan is speciîÂÂcally designed to provide sufîÂÂcient airîÂÂow over the CPU power modules and chipset area when water-cooling or passive-cooling is utilized, ensuring effective heat dissipation for the entire system. See page 2-35 for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 1-5 Q-Fan 2 AS US Q-F an2 t ec hno log y in tel lig ent ly a dju sts b ot h C PU fan a nd ch ass is fa n sp eed s a cco rd in g t o s ys te m l oad ing t o ens ure q ui et, co ol an d efî cie nt op era tio n. Se e p age 4- 28 a nd 5-2 3 fo r d eta ils . ASUS Crystal Sound This feature can enhance speech-centric applications like Skype, online game, video conference and recording. Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. See page 5-29 for details. ASUS EZ DIY ASUS EZ DIY feature collection provides you easy ways to install computer components, update the BIOS or back up your favorite settings. ASUS Q-Connector ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect or disconnect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. This unique module eliminates the trouble of connecting the system panel cables one at a time and avoiding wrong cable connections. See page 2-34 for details. ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle The motherboard features the ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate îÂÂle, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. See page 4-35 for details. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB îÂÂash disk containing the BIOS îÂÂle. See page 4-7 for details.
1-6 Chapter 1: Product Introduction ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility . Simply press the predeîÂÂned hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS. Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based îÂÂash utility . See pages 4-4 and 4-34 for details. Smart Support CD It provides a checklist to allow the user to see which drivers are already installed, as well as those that arenâÂÂt. When using ASUS PC Probe II, you can easily see the critical parts of the computer . ASUS MyLogo2⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See pages 4-38 and 5-1 1 for details. ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS setup menu helps you conîÂÂgure your system easier and faster . See page 4-1 1 for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 1-7 1.3.3 ASUS Intelligent Performance and Overclocking features Super Memspeed T echnology T o attain top performance, ASUS has managed to break through current FSB and DRAM ratio proportions by utilizing Super Memspeed T echnology- the latest technology that provides even more precise overclocking options to unleash the true potential of DDR3 memory . Native DDR3 1333 maximizes system performance by eliminating the bottleneck when overclocking both the CPU and the memory- providing great performance for 3D graphics and other memory demanding applications. Refer to page 2-13 for details. AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) The patented ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(AI NOSâ¢) technology auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed when needed. Unlike other dynamic overclocking techniques, AI NOS⢠reacts much faster to satisfy your need for speed. See page 4-16 and 5-22 for details. AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. Precision T weaker This feature allows you to îÂÂne tune the CPU/memory voltage and gradually increase the memory Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency at 1MHz increment to achieve maximum system performance. C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P .R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P .R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter .
1-8 Chapter 1: Product Introduction
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-6 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-13 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-16 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-19 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-20
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-1 Onboard LED Th e mo th er bo ard co me s wi th a s ta nd by p ow er L ED. T he g re en L ED l igh ts u p to in dica te tha t t he sys tem is O N, in sl eep mo de, or in so ft-o ff mo de. Thi s i s a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠U n p l u g t h e p o w e r c o r d f r o m t h e w a l l s o c k e t b e f o r e t o u c h i n g a n y component. ⢠U s e a g r o u n d e d w r i s t s t r a p o r t o u c h a s a f e l y g r o u n d e d o b j e c t o r a m e t a l o b j e c t , s u c h a s t h e p o w e r s u p p l y c a s e , b e f o r e h a n d l i n g components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠W h e n e v e r y o u u n i n s t a l l a n y c o m p o n e n t , p l a c e i t o n a g r o u n d e d antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠B e f o r e y o u i n s t a l l o r r e m o v e a n y c o m p o n e n t , e n s u r e that th e A TX power sup ply is switched off or the powe r cord is deta ched from the power supply . Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information P5K64 WS 2.2 Motherboard overview Be fo re y ou in st al l t he m ot he rb oa rd , s tu dy t he co nf ig ur at io n o f y ou r ch as si s t o ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. M a k e s u r e t o u n p l u g t h e p o w e r c o r d b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g o r r e m o v i n g t h e m ot h er b oa r d. F a il u re t o d o s o c an c au s e y o u p h ys i ca l i n j ur y a n d d a ma g e motherboard components. DO NOT overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sur e that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear p art of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout 30.5cm (12in) Intel ICH9R DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) 24.5cm (9.6in) LGA775 CP U_ FA N PW R_ FA N Super I/O EA TXPWR SA TA2 SA TA1 SA TA4 SA TA3 SA TA6 SA TA5 EZ_PLUG FLOPPY PRI_IDE CH A_ FA N1 OP T_ FA N Intel MCH Bearlake P35 P5K64 WS PCI1 PCI2 PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_2 PCIEX16_3 PCIEX16_4 SB_PWR CHASSIS CLRTC CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power T PM P AN EL USB78 USB56 COM1 IE 13 94 _2 AAFP USB1 11 2 VIA 6308S Marve ll 88E80 01 ALC888 CD ICS 9LPRS918BK L E AT X 1 2V K B_ US B5 6 AUDIO LAN2_USB34 LAN1_USB12 S PD IF _O 12 F_ESATA12 Marvell 88SE6121 Marvell 88E8052 CH A_ FA N2 Refer to 2.7 Connectors for more information about rear panel connectors and internal connectors.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Layout contents Slots Page 1. DDR3 DIMM slots 2-13 2. PCI slots 2-18 3. PCI Express slots 2-18 Jumper Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLR TC) 2-19 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-21 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-20 3. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port 2-20 4. IEEE 1394a port 2-20 5. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port 2-20 6. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-20 7. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-20 8. Line In port (light blue) 2-20 9. Line Out port (lime) 2-20 10. Microphone port (pink) 2-21 1 1. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-21 12. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-21 13. External SA T A port 1/2 2-21 14. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-21 15. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-21 16. USB 2.0 ports 5 and 6 2-21
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-5 Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-22 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE)) 2-22 3. IICH9R Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1 [red], SA T A2 [red], SA T A3 [black], SA T A4 [black], SA T A5 [red], SA T A6 [red]) 2-23 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB78, USB910, USB1 1 12) 2-24 5. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-25 6. C P U , c h a s s i s , p o w e r a n d o p t i o n a l f a n c o n n e c t o r s ( 4 - p i n C P U _ F A N , 3 - p i n C H A _ F A N 1 - 2 , 3 - p i n P W R _ FA N , 3-pin OPT_F AN) 2-26 7. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-27 8. A TX power connectors (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2x4-pin EA TX12V) 2-27 9. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-28 10. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-29 1 1. Serial port connetor (10-1 pin COM1) 2-29 12. TPM connectors (20-1 pin TPM) 2-29 13. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) 2-30 ASUS Q-connector (system panel) 2-31
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) T h e m o t h e rb o a r d c o m e s w i t h a s u r f a c e m o u n t L G A 7 7 5 s o c k e t d e s i g n ed f o r th e I nte l î Co re⢠2 Q uad / Cor eâ¢2 / Pen tiu m î D/ P ent ium î 4/ P ent ium î Ex trem e processors. ⢠Up on p ur ch ase o f t he mo th er bo ar d, ma ke s ur e t ha t t he Pn P ca p i s o n th e so c ke t a nd t he s oc ke t c o nt ac ts a re n ot b en t. C on ta c t y ou r r et a il er immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the c ap after install ing the motherb oard. AS US will process Retur n Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠T h e p r o du c t w a r ra n t y d o e s n o t c o ve r d a m ag e t o t h e s o ck e t c o nt a c t s re sul tin g fr om i nco rre ct CP U in sta lla tio n/r emo val , or mi spl ace men t/l oss / incorrect removal of the PnP cap. ⢠Make sure that all power cables are unplugged before installing the CPU. ⢠I f i n s t a l l i n g a d u a l - c o r e C P U , c o n n e c t t h e c h a s s i s f a n c a b l e t o t h e CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability . ⢠Due to the chipset limitation, we recommend you use FSB 800MHz CPU or above.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-7 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever This side of the socket box should face you. PnP cap A B T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the cam box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS CPU Socket 775
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. Position the CPU over the so ck et , ma ki ng su re th at the gold triangle is on the b ot t o m- l e ft c o r ne r o f t h e socket then îÂÂt the soc ket a l i g n m e n t k e y i n t o t h e CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark 6. C l o s e t h e l o a d p l a t e ( A ) , t h e n p u sh t h e l o ad l e ve r ( B ) u n ti l i t snaps into the retention tab. 7. I f i n s t a l l i n g a d u a l - c o r e C P U , c o n ne c t t h e c h a s si s f a n c a b l e to th e C HA_FAN1 con necto r t o ensure system stability . A B The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! The motherboard supports Intel î LGA775 processors with the Intel î Enhanced M em o ry 6 4 T e c hn o lo g y ( E M6 4 T) , E n ha n ce d I nt e l S pe e dS t ep î T e c hn o lo g y ( EI S T) , a nd H y pe r -T h r ea d in g T e c hn o lo g y . R e fe r t o t he Ap p e nd i x f o r m o re information on these CPU features. 4. Li ft t he lo ad p l at e w it h yo ur th um b an d fo ref in ge r t o a 10 0ú a ng le (A ), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). Load plate A B CPU notch
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-9 Fastener Motherboard hole 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan T he I n te l î L GA 7 75 p ro c es s or r e qu i r es a s p ec i a ll y d es i g ne d h ea t si n k a nd f a n assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. P l a c e t h e h e a t s i nk o n t o p o f t h e installed CPU, making sure that the fou r f asten ers ma tch the hol es on the motherboard. ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î processor, the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . If you buy a CPU separately , make sure that you use only Intel î -certiîÂÂed multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Y our Intel î LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly , make sure t ha t y o u h av e p ro pe r ly a p pl ie d T h er m al I nt e rf a ce M at e ri a l t o t he C PU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly . Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) O r i e n t t h e h e a t s i n k a n d f a n assembly such that the CPU fan ca bl e i s cl os es t to t he CP U f an connector . N a r r o w e n d of the groove
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Co nne ct th e C PU fa n ca ble t o t he c onne cto r on t he mo the rbo ard l abe led CPU_F AN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a di ag on al s eq ue nce to s ec ur e th e heatsink and fan assembly in place. B A A A B B DO NOT forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector . P5K64 WS P5K64 WS CPU Fan Connector GND 12V CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CPU_F A N A B
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-1 1 2.3.3 U n i ns t a ll i n g t h e C PU heatsink and fan T o uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. 2. R o t a t e e a c h f a s t e n e r counterclockwise. 3. Pu ll up tw o f as ten ers a t a ti me i n a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembl y from the motherboard. B B A A A A B B 4. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e h e a t s i n k a n d f a n a s s e m b l y f r o m t h e motherboard.
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. Ro ta t e e ac h f as te ne r cl oc kw is e t o e n s u r e c o r r e c t o r i e n t a t i o n w h e n reinstalling. Narrow end of the groove Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation. T h e n a r r o w e n d o f t h e g ro o v e s h o ul d p oi n t o u t w ar d a f t e r r e s e t t i n g . ( T h e p h o t o sh ow s th e g ro ove sh ad ed fo r emphasis.)
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-13 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 3 (DDR3) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A D D R3 m o d u le h a s t h e s am e p h y si c a l d im e n s io n s a s a D DR 2 D I M M b ut i s notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR2 DIMM socket. DDR3 modules are developed for better performance with less power consumption. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR3 DIMM sockets: 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR3 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 P5K64 WS P5K64 WS 240-pin DDR3 DIMM Sockets I MM_A 1 IMM_A2 I MM_B 1 I MM_B 2 128 P in s 1 1 2 Pin s Recommend memory conîÂÂguration Mode Sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B2 Single-channel - - populated - - - - populated Dual-channel (1) - - populated populated Dual-channel (2) populated populated populated populated T h i s c h i p s e t o f f i c i a l l y s u p p o r t s D D R 3 1 0 6 6 / 8 0 0 . W i t h t h e A S U S S u p e r Memspeed T echnology , the motherboard supports up to 1333MHz and provides more ratio setting items than the chipset ofîÂÂcially supports. Refer to the table below for details. FSB 1600 1333 1066 DDR3 1600 1333 1200 1000 800 1333 1 1 1 1 1000 833 889
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠If you install four 1 GB memory modules, the system may detect less than 3 GB of total memory because of address space allocation for other critical functions. Thi s limitation applies to Windows Vista 32-bit/Wi ndows XP 32-bit version operating system since it does not support P AE (Physical Address Extention) mode. ⢠If you in stal l Wi ndow s Vis ta 3 2-bi t/Wi ndow s XP 3 2-bi t ve rsio n op erat ing system, we recommend that you install less than 3GB of total memory . Notes on memory limitations ⢠D u e t o c h i p s e t l i m i t a t i o n , t h i s m o t h e r b o a r d c a n o n l y s u p p o r t u p t o 8 GB on the operating systems listed below . Y ou may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. 64-bit Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Vista x64 Edition ⢠Y ou may i nstall varyi ng memory sizes in Channel A and Channel B. Th e system maps the total size of the lower-sized channel for the dual-channel conîÂÂgu ration. Any e xcess memory from the hig her-sized cha nnel is the n mapped for single-channel operation. ⢠A l w a y s i n s t a l l D I M M s w i t h t h e s a m e C A S l a t e n c y. F o r o p t i m u m compatibility , it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . Refer to the DDR3 QualiîÂÂed V endors List at the ASUS web site. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR3 memory modules.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-15 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM U n p l u g t h e p o w e r s u p p l y b e f o r e a d d i n g o r r e m o v i n g D I M M s o r o t h e r syst em co mponen ts. F ailur e to do so can caus e sev ere d amage to both th e motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlo ck a DIM M so cket by pres sing the retaining clips outward. 2. A l i g n a D I M M o n t h e s o c k e t such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. F i r m l y i n s e r t t h e D I M M i n t o t h e s o c k e t u n t i l t h e r e t a i n i n g c l i p s snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. S i m u l t a n e o u s l y p r e s s t h e r e t a i n i n g clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR3 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR3 DIMM sockets do not support DDR and DDR2 DIMMs. DO NOT install DDR or DDR2 DIMMs to the DDR3 DIMM sockets. Unlocked retaining clip DDR3 DIMM notch S u p p o r t t h e D I M M l i g h t l y w i t h y ou r f in g er s w he n p r e ss i ng t h e re tain ing cl ips . Th e DI MM m igh t g e t d a m a g e d w h e n i t f l i p s o u t with extra force. 1 2 3 2 1 DDR3 DIMM notch 1 1
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. A l ig n t h e c a r d c on n e c t o r w i t h t h e s l ot a n d p r e s s f i r m l y u n ti l t h e c a r d i s completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on th e sys tem an d c hang e t he nec essa ry BIO S sett ings , if an y . Se e Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Ma ke s ur e t o un pl ug t he po we r c or d b ef or e a dd in g o r r em ovi ng e xp an si on cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-17 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ Priority Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ#9 3 9 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 PCI device 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 10 PCI device 15 11 PCI device * These IRQs are usually available for PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard A B C D E F G H PCI 1394 â â â shared â â â â PCI slot 1 shared â â â â â â â PCI slot 2 â shared â â â â â â LAN(8052) â â â shared â â â â LAN(8001) â â shared â â â â â Marvell 6121 â shared â â â â â â PCIE x16 1 shared â â â â â â â PCIE x16 2 shared â â â â â â â PCIE x16 3 â shared â â â â â â PCIE x16 4 â â shared â â â â â USB controller 1 â â â â â â â shared USB controller 2 â â â shared â â â â USB controller 3 â â shared â â â â â USB controller 4 shared â â â â â â â USB controller 5 shared â â â â â â â USB controller 6 â â â â â shared â â EHCI 1 â â â â â â shared â EHCI 2 â shared â â â â â â SATA controller 1 â â shared â â â â â SATA controller 2 â â â â â shared â â Azalia â â â â â shared â âÂÂ
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 PCI slots T h e P C I s l o t s s u p p o r t c a r ds s u c h a s a L A N c a r d , S C S I c a r d , U S B c a r d , a n d o t h e r c a r d s t h a t c o mp l y w i th P CI speciî cations. The îÂÂg ure shows a L AN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.5 PCI Express slots This m otherboa rd has fou r PC I E xpress sl o ts t ha t s up po rt PC I E xp re ss gr a ph ic c a rd s c o m pl y i n g w it h t h e P C I E xp r e s s speciîÂÂcations. T h i s m o t h e r b o a r d s u p p o r t s t w o A T I C r o s s F i r e ⢠P C I E x p r e s s g r a p h i c s card s th at comp ly with t he PCI Exp ress speciîÂÂcations. We recommend that you install a VGA card on the primary (blue) PCI Express sl o t, an d i n st al l a ny o th er P CI E xp re ss d ev ic e o n th e U n iv er sa l P C I- E s lo t (black). Primary PCI Express x16 slot The primary PC I Exp ress x 16 sl ot sup ports PCI Express x16 graphic cards t hat comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-19 2.6 Jumper 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and s ystem setup parameters b y e r a s i n g t h e C M O S R T C R A M d a t a . T h e o n b o ar d b u t t o n c e l l b a t t e r y powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery . 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery . 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. ⢠Yo u d o n o t n e e d t o c l e a r t h e R T C w h e n t h e s y s t e m h a n g s d u e t o overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. ⢠Du e t o t he c hi ps et be hav io r , AC po we r o ff i s r equ ir ed to en ab le C. P . R. function. Y ou must turn off and on the power supply or unplug and plug the power cord before reboot the system. Except when clearing the R TC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear RTC (Default) 1 2 2 3
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors 1. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 3. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. This port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 4. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 5. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port. This port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 6 8 5 7 9 10 1 1 1 2 3 1 4 16 4 13 1 5 2 1 Activity/Link Speed LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection ORANGE Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection LAN port LED indications SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port 6. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 7. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers in a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration.. 8. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player , or other audio sources. 9. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker . In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel conîÂÂguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-21 10. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 1 1. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. 12. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. External SA T A port 1/2 . These port connect to an external a Serial A T A hard disk drive. T o conîÂÂgure a RAID0, RAID1, or JBOD set, connect external Serial A T A hard disk drives to the External SA T A port 1 and 2. 14. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 15. Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 16. USB 2.0 ports 5 and 6. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. Refer to the audio conîÂÂguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration Port Headset 2-channel 4-channel 6-channel 8-channel Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Gray â â â Side Speaker Out The external SA T A port supports external Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away , and enables improved hot- swap function.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_E IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray . Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector , then select one of the following modes to conîÂÂgure your device. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE devices. If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select,â make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. Drive jumper setting Mode of device(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black T wo devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Black or gray Slave Slave P5K64 WS P5K64 WS F loppy Disk Drive Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-23 3. ICH9R Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1 [blue], SA T A2 [blue], SA T A3 [blue], SA T A4 [blue], SA T A5 [blue], SA T A6 [blue]) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂguration with the Intel î Matrix Storage T echnology through the onboard Intel î ICH9R RAID controller . P5K64 WS P5K64 WS IDE Connector PRI_IDE P5K64 WS P5K64 WS SAT A Connectors SATA2 GN D RS A TA _TXP 2 RS A TA _TXN 2 GN D RS A TA _RXP 2 RS A TA _RXN 2 GN D SATA1 GN D RS A TA _TXP 1 RS A TA _TXN 1 GN D RS A TA _RXP 1 RS A TA _RXN 1 GN D SATA4 GN D RS A TA _TXP 4 RS A TA _TXN 4 GN D RS A TA _RXP 4 RS A TA _RXN 4 GN D SATA3 GN D RS A TA _TXP 3 RS A TA _TXN 3 GN D RS A TA _RXP 3 RS A TA _RXN 3 GN D SATA6 GN D RS A TA _TXP 6 RS A TA _TXN 6 GN D RS A TA _RXP 6 RS A TA _RXN 6 GN D SATA5 GN D RS A TA _TXP 5 RS A TA _TXN 5 GN D RS A TA _RXP 5 RS A TA _RXN 5 GN D ⢠These connectors are set to Standard IDE mode by default. In Standard IDE mode, you can connect Serial A T A boot/data hard disk drives to these connectors. If you intend to create a Serial A T A RAID set using these connectors, set the ConîÂÂgure SA T A as item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section 4.3.6 SA T A ConîÂÂguration for details. ⢠Before creating a RAID set, refer to 5.4.2 Intel RAID ConîÂÂguration or the manual bundled in the motherboard support DVD.
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠Y ou must install the Windows î XP Service Pack 1 before using Serial A T A hard disk drives. The Serial A T A RAID feature (RAID 0 and RAID 1) is available only if you are using Windows î XP or later version. Connect the right-angle side of SA T A signal cable to SA T A device. Or you may connect the right-angle side of SA T A cable to the onboard SA T A port to avoid mechanical conîÂÂict with huge graphics cards. right angle side When using hot-plug and NCQ, set the ConîÂÂgure SA T A as in the BIOS to [AHCI]. See section 4.3.6 SA T A ConîÂÂguration for details. 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB 7 8, USB 9 10, USB 1 1 12) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS USB 2.0 Connectors GND NC GND USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 1 USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9 - USB_P9 GND 1 USB1 1 12 USB 5V USB_P12- USB_P12 GND NC USB 5V USB_P1 1- USB_P1 1 GND 1 Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! If your chassis suppots front panel USB ports, you can attach a front panel USB cable to these connectors. Connect the USB cable to ASUS Q-Connector (USB, blue) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (USB) to the USB connector onboard.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-25 5. IEE E 1394 a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS IEEE 1394a Connector IE1394_2 GND 12V TPB1- GND TP A1- 12V TPB1 GND TP A1 1 Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector . Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can attach a FireWire/1394 cable to this connector if your chassis suppots the front panel IEEE1394 port. Connect the 1394 cable to ASUS Q-Connector (1394, red) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (1394) to the 1394 connector onboard.
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. CPU, chassis and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1-2, 3-pin PWR_F AN, 3-pin OPT_F AN) The fan c onnect ors su pport cooli ng fan s of 3 50 mA ~ 2000 mA (24 W max.) or a total of 1 A ~ 7 A (84 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . DO NOT forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Fan Connectors GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CPU_F A N PWR_FAN OPT_FAN GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V CHA_F AN2 CHA_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V ⢠Only the CPU-F AN and CHA-F AN 1-2 connectors support the ASUS Advanced Q-Fan feature. ⢠If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labled CHA_F AN1 or CHA_F AN2 for better themal environment.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-27 8. AT X p owe r c on ne cto rs (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2x4-pin EA TX12V) These connectors are for A TX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. 7. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector . The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default , the pin labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Intrusion Connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default ) P5K64 WS P5K64 WS ATX Power Connector EZ_PLUG 12V DC GND EA TX12V GND GND GND 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC EA TXPWR 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts NC 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground 12V GND EZ_DET# 5V 1 ⢠Make sure to remove the cap on the EA TX12V connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. ⢠Use only either a 4-pin A TX12V or an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug for the EA TX12V connector .
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 400 W . ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin/8pin EA TX12V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when conîÂÂguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠The A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0-compliant (400W) PSU has been tested to support the motherboard power requirements with the following conîÂÂguration: CPU: Intel î Pentium î Extreme 3.73GHz Memory: 512 MB DDR2 (x4) Graphics card: ASUS EAX1900XT Parallel A T A device: IDE hard disk drive Serial A T A device: SA T A hard disk drive (x2) Optical drive: DVD-RW ⢠If you want to use two high-end PCI Express x16 cards, use a PSU with 500W to 600W power or above to ensure the system stability . P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Front Panel Audio Connector SENSE2_RETUR PORT1L PORT1R PORT2R SEBSE_SEND PORT2L SENSE1_RETUR PRESENSE# GND AAFP Legacy ACâÂÂ97 compliant definition NC MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND HD-audio-compliant pin definition 9. Front panel audio co nne cto r (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC`97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector . ⢠We recommend that you connect a high-deîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboardâÂÂs high-deîÂÂnition audio capability . ⢠If you want to connect a high-deîÂÂnition front panel audio module to this connector , make sure that the Front Panel T ype item in the BIOS is set to [HD Audio]. If you want to connect an AC' 97 front panel audio module to this connector , set the item to [AC97]. Refer to page 4-24 for details.
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-29 P5K64 WS P5K64 WS Internal Audio Conne ctor CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground 10. Optical drive audio con nec tor (4-pin CD) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV tuner , or MPEG card. 1 1. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS COM Port Connector PIN 1 COM1 12. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) [Optional] This connector isupports a T rusted Platform Module (TPM) system, which can securely store keys, digital certiîÂÂcates, passwords, and data. A PTM system also helps enhance network security , protects digital identities, and ensures platform integrity . P5K64 WS P5K64 WS TPM Connector TPM 3.3V AD0 PWRDW# AD1 AD2 SERIRQ# CLKRUN# NC GND PCICLK FRAME# NC PCIRST# AD3 GND 3.3VSB GND NC NC
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . 13. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS System Panel Connector * Requires an A TX power supply NEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER P A
ASUS P5K64 WS 2-31 ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) Y ou can use the ASUS Q-Connector to connect/disconnect chassis front panel cables in a few steps. Refer to the instructions below to install the ASUS Q- Connector . 1. Connect the front panel cables to the ASUS Q-Connector . Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector to know the detailed pin deîÂÂnitions, then match them to the respective front panel cable labels. 2. Install the ASUS Q-Connector to the system panel connector , making sure the orientation matches the labels on the motherboard. 3. The front panel functions are now enabled. The îÂÂgure shows the Q-Connector properly installed on the motherboard.
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.3 Installing the optional fan Install the optional fan only if you are using a passive cooler or a water cooler . Installing the optional fan with an active CPU cooler will interfere with the airîÂÂow and destabilize the system. 1. Position the fan above the pipe and heatsink assembly . 2. Fit the grooved edge to the heatsink. 3. Carefully push down the fan until it snugly îÂÂts the heatsink, then connect the fan cables. ⢠Plug the optional fan cables to the CHA_F AN and/or PWR_F AN connector on the motherboard. ⢠Make sure the optional fan is installed correctly to prevent damage to the fan and motherboard components. 4. The above photo shows the fans installed on the motherboard. DO NOT tilt the fan. DO NOT install the fan with its rear side facing you.
3 Powering up T h i s c h a p t e r d e s c r i b e s t h e p o w e r u p s e qu e n c e , t h e v o c a l P O S T m e s s a g es , and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS P5K64 WS 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector a t the back of the system chassis. 4. C on ne c t t h e p o we r c or d to a p ow er ou t le t t ha t i s e q ui pp e d w i th a s u rg e protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights u p. F or s ystems with A TX p ower supplies , th e sy stem LED light s up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BI OS beep s (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional m e s s a g e s a p p e a r o n t h e s c r e en . I f y o u d o n o t s e e a n y t h in g w i t h in 3 0 seconds from the time you tu rned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4. BIOS Beep Description One short beep VGA detected Quick boot set to disabled No keyboard detected O n e c o n t i n u o u s b e e p f o l l o w e d b y t w o short beeps then a pause (repeated) No memory detected On e c on ti nuo us be ep f oll ow ed by t hr ee short beeps No VGA detected O n e c o n t i n uo u s b e e p f o l l o we d b y f o u r short beeps Hardware component failure
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î Vista: 1. Click the Start button then select ShutDown. 2. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts th e s yst em to s lee p mod e or t o s oft -off m ode , dep end ing o n th e B IOS s ett ing . Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section 4.5 Power Menu in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS P5K64 WS 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-8 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-1 1 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-15 4.5 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-26 4.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-31 4.7 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-35 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-37
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS using a îÂÂoppy disk or USB îÂÂash disk.) 3. ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk, USB îÂÂash disk or the motherboard support DVD when the BIOS îÂÂle fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk or USB îÂÂash disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities. Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support DVD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Open. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. P5K64 WS P5K64 WS
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup T o update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk, then restart the system. 4.1.2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a îÂÂoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility . The EZ Flash 2 utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self T ests (POST). (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the T ools menu to select EZ Flash2 and press <Enter> to enable it. Y ou can switch between drives by pressing <T ab> before the correct îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter>. 3. Y ou can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the îÂÂoppy disk / USB îÂÂash disk that contains the BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk, or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T 32/16 format and single partition only . ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4. When the correct BIOS îÂÂle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.05 Current ROM Update ROM A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move FLASH TYPE: SST 25VF016 PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5K64-WS VER: 0119 DATE: 05/14/07 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-5 4.1.3 AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS îÂÂle in DOS environment using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk with the updated BIOS îÂÂle. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS îÂÂle that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS T o copy the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AFUDOS utility: Main îÂÂlename Extension name 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support DVD to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier . 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /o[î¿lename] where the [îÂÂlename] is any user-assigned îÂÂlename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main îÂÂlename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom ⢠Make sure that the îÂÂoppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 1024KB free space to save the îÂÂle. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only . The actual BIOS screen displays may not be same as shown. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. Reading îÂÂash ..... done Write to î¿le...... ok A:\> Updating the BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS îÂÂle using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) and download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support DVD to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier . 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /i[î¿lename] where [îÂÂlename] is the latest or the original BIOS îÂÂle on the bootable îÂÂoppy disk. A:\>afudos /iP5K64WS.ROM Write the BIOS îÂÂlename on a piece of paper . Y ou need to type the exact BIOS îÂÂlename at the DOS prompt. 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iP5K64WS.ROM AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during îÂÂash BIOS Reading î¿le ....... done Reading îÂÂash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing îÂÂash ...... done Writing îÂÂash ...... done Verifying îÂÂash .... done Please restart your computer A:\> A:\>afudos /iP5K64WS.ROM AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during îÂÂash BIOS Reading î¿le ....... done Reading îÂÂash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing îÂÂash ...... done Writing îÂÂash ...... 0x0008CC00 (9%) 4. The utility veriîÂÂes the îÂÂle and starts updating the BIOS. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure!
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-7 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS îÂÂle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Y ou can update a corrupted BIOS îÂÂle using the motherboard support DVD, the îÂÂoppy disk, or the USB îÂÂash disk that contains the updated BIOS îÂÂle. Prepare the motherboard support DVD, the îÂÂoppy disk or the USB îÂÂash disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility . Recovering the BIOS from the support DVD T o recover the BIOS from the support DVD: 1. T urn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support DVD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the DVD for the BIOS îÂÂle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. ⢠Only the USB îÂÂash disk with F A T 32/16 format and single partition can support ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3. The device size should be smaller than 8GB. ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. Recovering the BIOS from the USB îÂÂash disk T o recover the BIOS from the USB îÂÂash disk: 1. Insert the USB îÂÂash disk that contains BIOS îÂÂle to the USB port. 2. T urn on the system. 3. The utility will automatically checks the devices for the BIOS îÂÂle When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for îÂÂoppy... Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for îÂÂoppy... Floppy found! Reading î¿le âÂÂP5K64WS.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start îÂÂashing...
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS . Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the SPI chip. The SPI chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îÂÂrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Setup Defaults item under the Exit Menu. See section 4.8 Exit Menu. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-9 Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Wed 05/16/2007] Floppy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Language [English] SATA1 [Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] SATA5 [Not Detected] SATA6 [Not Detected] SATA Conî¿guration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure the System Time. 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) conîÂÂguration Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration T ools For conîÂÂguring options for special functions Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.3 Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen The navigation keys may differ from one screen to another . Navigation keys General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to 4.2.7 Pop-up window. 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. 4.2.8 Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not îÂÂt on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.9 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Main menu items Scroll bar Pop-up window System Time [11:55:54] System Date [Wed 05/16/2007] Floppy Diskette A [1 .4 4M , 3. 5 in.] Language [English] SATA1 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA2 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA3 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA4 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA5 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA6 [N ot Det ect ed ] SATA Conî¿guration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB], or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure system.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-1 1 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Floppy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] 4.3.4 Language [English] Allows you to select the display language for the BIOS setup screen. ConîÂÂguration options: [Chinese(BIG5)] [Chinese(GB)] [Japanese] [Français] [German] [English] Refer to section 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Mon 04/23/2007] Floppy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Language [English] SATA1 [Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] SATA5 [Not Detected] SATA6 [Not Detected] SATA Conî¿guration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure the System Time.
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 SA T A 1-6 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial A T A devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SA T A device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SA T A device information. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main SATA 1 Device : Hard Disk Vendor : ST380817AS Size : 80.0GB LBA Mode : Supported Block Mode : 16Sectors PIO Mode : 4 Async DMA : MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA : Ultra DMA-5 SMART Monitoring: Supported Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-Sector Transfer) [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Se l ec t t h e t yp e of devic e co nnected to the system. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, V endor , Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-conîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. T ype [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are speciîÂÂcally conîÂÂguring a CD-ROM drive. Select [ARMD] (A T API Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP , LS-120, or MO drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-Sector T ransfer) [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the data transfer mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-13 DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWDMA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA4] [UDMA5] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting T echnology . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data T ransfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A ConîÂÂguration [Enhanced] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Compatible] [Enhanced] Configure SA T A as [IDE] Sets the conîÂÂguration for the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Southbridge chip. ConîÂÂguration options: [IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial A T A features that increases storage performance on random workloads by allowing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. If you want to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10, or the Intel î Matrix Storage T echnology conîÂÂguration from the Serial A T A hard disk drives, set this item to [RAID]. If you want to use the Serial A T A hard disk drives as Parallel A T A physical storage devices, keep the default setting [IDE]. If yo u w ant t he Se ria l AT A h ard di sk d riv es to u se the Ad va nc ed Hos t C on tro lle r In ter fac e ( AH CI ), set t hi s i tem to [ AH CI] . SATA Conî¿guration SATA Conî¿guraton [Enhanced] Conî¿gure SATA as [IDE] Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] SATA Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] 4.3.6 SA T A ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allow you to set or change the conîÂÂgurations for the SA T A devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you want to conîÂÂgure the item. Options Disabled Compatible Enhanced
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.7 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system speciîÂÂcations. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU speciîÂÂcation. System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory . Select Screen Select Item F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main AMIBIOS Version : 0119 Build Date : 05/14/07 Processor Type : Genuine Intel(R) CPU 2.80GHz Speed : 2814 MHz Count : 2 System Memory Available : 512 MB Intel Robson T echnology [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable Intel Robson T echnology . ConîÂÂguration option: [Disabled] [Enabled] The Intel Robson T echnology appears only when you set the item ConîÂÂgure SA T A as to [AHCI]. Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] Disables or enables device write protection. This will be ef fective only if the device is accessed through BIOS. ConîÂÂguration option: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] Selects the time out value for detecting A T A/A T API devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-15 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Jumperfree Conî¿guration Ai Net 2 USB Conî¿guration CPU Conî¿guration Chipset Onboard Devices Conî¿guration PCIPnP BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.1 JumperFree ConîÂÂguration Conî¿gure System Frequency/Voltage Ai Overclocking [Auto] CPU Ratio Control [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Timing Control [Auto] DRAM Static Read Control [Auto] Transaction Booster [Auto] Clock Over-Charging Mode [Auto] CPU Spread Spectrum [Auto] PCIE Spread Spectrum [Auto] Select the target CPU frequency, and the relevant parameters will be auto-adjusted. Frequencies higher than CPU manufacturer recommends are not guaranteed to be stable. If the system becomes unstable, return to the default. Ai Overclocking [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency . Selct either one of the preset overclocking conîÂÂguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. N.O.S. The ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks.
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup FSB/CPU External Frequency Synchronization FSB Frequency [266] Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the FSB frequency . Y ou can also type the desired CPU frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 200 to 800. Refer to the table below for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. A very high DRAM frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting. DRAM Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR operating frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR3-800 MHz] [DDR3-889MHz] [DDR3-1067] Front Side Bus CPU External Frequency FSB 1066 266 MHz FSB 800 200 MHz N.O.S. Mode [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Standard] [Sensitive] [Heavy Load] CPU Ratio Control [Auto] Allows you to control the CPU ratio. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Manual] The following item only appears when you set the Ai Overclocking item to [N.O.S]. PCIE Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [100] [101] ~ [149] [150] DRAM Timing Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ Manual ] The following two items only appear when you set the Ai Overclocking item to [Manual]. The following item only appears when you set the CPU Ratio Control item to [Manual]. Ratio CMOS Setting [7] ConîÂÂguration options: [6] [7]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-17 The following items appear when you set the DRAM Timing Control item to [Manual]. CAS# Latency [ 6] ConîÂÂguration options: [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] RAS# to CAS# Delay [ 5 DRAM Clocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [3 DRAM Clocks] [4 DRAM Clocks]~[9 DRAM Clocks] [10 DRAM Clocks] RAS# Precharge [ 5 DRAM Clocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [ 3 DRAM Clocks] [ 4 DRAM Clocks]~[ 9 DRAM Clocks] [10 DRAM Clocks] RAS# Activate to Precharge [15 DRAM Clocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [ 9 DRAM Clocks] [10 DRAM Clocks]~[16 DRAM Clocks] [17 DRAM Clocks] TWR [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ 1 DRAM Clocks]~[15 DRAM Clocks] TRFC [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [30 DRAM Clocks] [36 DRAM Clocks] [48 DRAM Clocks] [60 DRAM Clocks] [72 DRAM Clocks] TWTR [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ 1 DRAM Clocks]~[15 DRAM Clocks] TRRD [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ 1 DRAM Clocks]~[15 DRAM Clocks] TRTP [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [ 1 DRAM Clocks]~[15 DRAM Clocks] DRAM Static Read Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] DRAM Dynamic Write Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] T ransaction Booster [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Enabled] Clock Over-Charging Mode [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [700mV] [800mV] [900mV] [1000mV] CPU Spread Spectrum [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU spread spectrum. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled]
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup CPU V oltage [Auto] Allows you to select the CPU VCore voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.7000V] [1.6875V] [1.6750V] [1.6625V] [1.6500V] [1.6375V] [1.6250V] [1.6125V] [1.6000V] [1.5875V] [1.5750V] [1.5625V] [1.5500V] [1.5375V] [1.5250V] [1.5125V] [1.5000V] [1.4875V] [1.4750V] [1.4625V] [1.4500V] [1.4375V] [1.4250V] [1.4125V] [1.4000V] [1.3875V] [1.3750V] [1.3625V] [1.3500V] [1.3375V] [1.3250V] [1.3125V] [1.3000V] [1.2875V] [1.2750V] [1.2625V] [1.2500V] [1.2375V] [1.2250V] [1.2125V] [1.2000V] [1.1875V] [1.1750V] [1.1625V] [1.1500V] [1.1375V] [1.1250V] [1.1 125V] [1.1000V] The following items appear when you set the Ai Overclocking item to [Manual] and [N.O.S]. CPU V oltage Reference [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.63x] [0.61x] [0.59x] [0.57x] CPU V oltage Damper [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU voltage damper . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU PLL V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.60V] [1.70V] [1.80V] DRAM V oltage [Auto] Allows you to select the DRAM reference voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.55V] [1.60V] ~ [2.15V] [2.20V] [2.25V] FSB T ermination V oltage [Auto] Allows you to select the front side bus termination voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20C] [1.30V] [1.40V] [1.50V] Refer to the CPU documentation before setting the CPU Vcore voltage. Setting a high VCore voltage may damage the CPU permanently , and setting a low VCore voltage may make the system unstable. Setting a high FSB termination voltage may damage the chipset and CPU. North Bridge V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.25V] [1.40V] [1.55V] [1.70V] North Bridge V oltage Reference [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0.67x] [0.61x] South Bridge V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.05V] [1.20V] PCIE Spread Spectrum [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the PCIE spread spectrum. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-19 4.4.2 Ai Net 2 The menu displays the status of the Local Area Network (LAN) cable connceted to the LAN (RJ-45) port. POST Check Lan cable [Disabled] Ai Net 2 Pair Status Length 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A POST CHECK LAN CABLE [DISABLEDS] Allows you to enable or disable LAN cable check during POST . When enabled, the menu reports the cable faults or shorts, and displays the point (length) where the fault or short is detected. ConîÂÂrguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] Ai Net 2 Pair Status Length 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A Options Disabled Enhanced Y ou must reboot after changing the setting.
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup The USB 2.0 Controller Mode item appears only when you enable the USB 2.0 Controller . USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller mode to HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or FullSpeed (12 Mbps). ConîÂÂguration options: [FullSpeed] [HiSpeed] The following items appear only when you set USB Functions to [Enabled]. 4.4.3 USB ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. The USB Devices Enabled item shows the auto-detected values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced USB Conî¿guration USB Devices Enabled: 1 Mouse USB Functions [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Port 64/60 Emulation [Disabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] USB Functions [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB Host Controllers. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Options Disabled Enabled
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-21 BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Allows you to enable the support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Port 64/60 Emulation [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the I/O port 60h/64h emulation support. This item should be enabled for the complete USB keyboard legacy support for non-USB aware OSes. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.4 CPU ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. CPU Ratio Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Manual] The following item appears when the item CPU Ratio Control is set to [Manual]. Ratio CMOS Setting: [ 7] Allows you to set the ratio between the CPU Core Clock and the FSB Frequency . Use < > and <-> to adjust the value. ConîÂÂguration options: [ 6] [ 7] Max CPUID V alue Limit [Disabled] Setting this item to [Enabled] allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU TM function [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the No-Execution Page Protection T echnology . Setting this item to [Disabled] forces the XD feature îÂÂag to always return to zero (0). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Conî¿gure advanced CPU settings M anufacturer: Intel Brand String: Genuine Intel(R) CPU 2.80GHz Frequency : 2.81GHz FSB Speed : 800 MHz Cache L1 : 32 KB Cache L2 : 2048 KB CPUID : F44 Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:14, Min:14) Ratio Actual Value : 14 CPU Ratio Control [Auto] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] CPU TM function: [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Options Auto Manual
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-23 4.4.5 Chipset The Chipset menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced Chipset Settings WARMING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. North Bridge Conî¿guration Conî¿gure North Bridge features. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced North Bridge Chipset Conî¿guration Memory Remap Feature [Enabled] Initiate Graphic Adapter [PEG/PCI] PEG Port Control [Auto] PEG Port Force x1 [Disabled] North Bridge Chipset ConîÂÂguration Memory Remap Feature [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the remapping of the overlapped PCI memory above the total physical memory . Enable this option only when you install 64-bit operating system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Initiate Graphic Adapter [PEG/PCI] Allows you to decide which graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI/PEG] [PEG/PCI] Options Disabled Enabled PEG Port Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] The following item appears only when you set PEG Port Control to [Auto] PEG Port Force x1 [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.6 OnBoard Devices ConîÂÂguration Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Onboard Device Conî¿guration High Deî¿nition Audio [Enabled] Front Panel Type [HD Audio] Marvell IDE/eSATA [Legacy Mode] IDE/eSATA Boot ROM [Enabled] PCEI GigaBit LAN1 [Enabled] LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] PCI GigaBit LAN2 [Enabled] LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Firewire 1394 [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Enable or Disable High Deî¿nition Audio Controller High DeîÂÂnition Audio [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the High DeîÂÂnition Audio Controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Front Panel Support T ype [HD Audio] Allows you to set the front panel audio connector (AAFP) mode to legacy ACâÂÂ97 or high-deîÂÂnition audio depending on the audio standard that the front panel audio module supports. ConîÂÂguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Marvell IDE/eSA T A [Legacy Mode] ConîÂÂguration options: [Legacy Mode] [Disabled] IDE/eSA T A Boot Rom [Enable] This item appears only when you set the previous item to [Legacy Mode] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCIE GigaBit LAN1 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-25 4.4.7 PCIPnP The PCIPnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the PCIPnP menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [NO] When set to [NO], BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [YES] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [NO] [YES] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [NO] NO: lets the BIOS conî¿gure all the devices in the system. YES: lets the operating system conî¿gure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system. LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] This item appears only when you enable the previous item. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI GigaBit LAN2 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Agere Firewire 1394 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3]
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. ConîÂÂguration options: [S1 (POS) Only] [S3 Only] [Auto] 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [Disabled] Add additional tables as per ACPI 2.0 speciîÂÂcations. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to [Enabled], the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Suspend Mode [Auto] Repost Video on S3 Resume [Disabled] ACPI 2.0 Support [Disabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] APM Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-27 4.5.5 APM ConîÂÂguration Restore On AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to [Power Off], the system goes into of f state after an AC power loss. When set to [Power On], the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to [Last State], the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to [Enabled], the items RTC Alarm Date / RTC Alarm Hour / RTC Alarm Minute / RTC Alarm Second will become user-conîÂÂgurable with set values. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the îÂÂrst try . T urning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is of f causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCIE devices to generate a wake event. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off ] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] <Enter> to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss.
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-Esc] [Power Key] 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor Select Screen Select Item - Change Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power Hardware Monitor AI Quite [Disabled] CPU Temperature [65.5úC/149.5úF] MB Temperature [35úC/95úF] CPU Fan Speed [2848RPM] CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Chassis Fan 1 Speed [N/A] Chassis Fan 2 Speed [N/A] Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Power Fan Speed [N/A] VCORE Voltage [ 1.328V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.232V] 5V Voltage [ 5.136V] 12V Voltage [11.816V] Automatically optimize BIOS setting to Minimize CPU FAN speed according to system loading. AI Quiet [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS AI Quiet feature. ASUS AI Quiet optimizes system performance by automatically adjusting the CPU fan speed according to the system loading. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU T emperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB T emperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows [N/A]. CPU Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-29 The CPU Q-Fan Mode and CPU Fan ProîÂÂle items appear when you enable the CPU Q-Fan Control feature. CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] Allows you to select the type of CPU fan cable connected to the CPU fan connector . Set to [PWM] when using a 4-pin CPU fan cable. ConîÂÂguration options: [PWM] Some CPU fans with a 4-pin cable do not comply with Intel î âÂÂs PWM fan speciîÂÂcation. When using this type of CPU fan, you can not reduce the CPU fan speed even if you set the CPU Q-Fan Mode to [PWM]. CPU Fan ProîÂÂle [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan. When set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. Set this item to [Silent Mode] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation, or [Performance Mode] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. Chassis Fan 1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows [N/A]. Chassis Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the chassis Q-Fan controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠The Chassis Fan Ratio and Chassis T arget T emperature items appear when you enable the Chassis Q-Fan Control feature. ⢠The Chassis Q-Fan function is available only on CHA_F AN1. Chassis Fan Ratio [Auto] Allows you to select the fan speed ratio so that the fans operate at a low CPU temperature. Setting a very low ratio may cause a dramatical fan speed drop and trigger a hardware monitor warning message. ConîÂÂguration options: [Optimal] [90%] [80%] [70%] [60%] Chassis T arget T emperature [37úC] The CPU fan speed will be adjusted to maintain the CPU temperature as low as the selected temperature. ConîÂÂguration options: [28úC] [31úC] [34úC] [37úC] [40úC] [43úC] [46úC]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows N/A. Vcore V oltage, 3.3V V oltage, 5V V oltage, 12V V oltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Select [Ignored] if you do not want to detect this item.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-31 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security Speciî¿es the Boot Device Boot Priority sequence. A virtual îÂÂoppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B: ) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the î¿rst boot device. 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [xxx Drive] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [xxx Drive] [Disabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Boot Device [HDD:PM-ST380817AS] 3rd Boot Device [A TA PI C D- RO M ] Speciî¿es the boot sequence from the availabe devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding menu.
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.2 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] This allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo3⢠feature. AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] W ait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the system waits for the <F1> key to be pressed when error occurs. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Settings Conî¿guration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Wait for âÂÂF1â if Error [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrea se the time needed to boot the system.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-33 4.6.3 Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed. T o set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. ConîÂÂrm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. T o change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. T o clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. The message âÂÂPassword Uninstalledâ appears. If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. See section 2.6 Jumper for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. Select Screen Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password.
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. ConîÂÂguration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] [No Access] prevents user access to the Setup utility . [View Only] allows access but does not allow change to any îÂÂeld. [Limited] allows changes only to selected îÂÂelds, such as Date and T ime. [Full Access] allows viewing and changing all the îÂÂelds in the Setup utility . Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this item shows Installed. T o set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. ConîÂÂrm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully . T o change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility . When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [Always] Select Screen Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Installed User Password : Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check [Setup] <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password.
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-35 4.7 Tools menu The T ools menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS O.C. Proî¿le Press ENTER to run the utility to select and update BIOS. This utility doesn't support : 1.NTFS format 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a conîÂÂrmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Y es] or [No], then press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm your choice. Please see page 4-4, section 4.1.2 for details. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.05 Current ROM Update ROM A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move FLASH TYPE: SST 25VF016 PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5K64-WS VER: 0119 DATE: 05/14/07 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown This function can not support IDE CD-ROM, IDE DVD-ROM, or External SA T A devices. This function support only with F A T 32/16 format.
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Tools O.C. PROFILE Conî¿guration O.C. Proî¿le 1 Status : Not Installed O.C. Proî¿le 2 Status : Not Installed Save to Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 1 Save to Proî¿le 2 Load from Proî¿le 2 Start O.C. Proî¿le Save to Proî¿le 1 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Save to ProîÂÂe 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the îÂÂle. Load from ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. Start O.C. ProîÂÂle Allows you to run the utility to save and load CMOS. Press <Enter> to run the utility . ASUSTek O.C. Proî¿le Utility V1.05 Current CMOS Restore CMOS A: Note [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move PATH: A:\ BOARD: P5K64-WS VER: 0119 DATE: 05/14/07 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T 32/16 format and single partition only . ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent the system boot failure!
ASUS P5K64 WS 4-37 4.8 Exit menu Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Exit system setup afte r saving the changes. F10 key can be used fo r this operation. Exit & Save Changes Once you are îÂÂnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îÂÂelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîÂÂrmation before exiting. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîÂÂrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM.
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-28 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-39
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î XP/64-bit XP/Vista/64-bit V ista operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support DVD information The support DVD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 Running the support DVD Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary . Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only . Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack 2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability . The contents of the support DVD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support DVD/motherboard information
5-2 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. ASUS InstAll-Installation Wizard for Drivers Installs the ASUS InstAll-Drivers Installation Wizard. Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Installs the Intel î chipset Inf update program. Intel Matrix Storage Manager Driver Installs the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager driver . Realtek Audio Driver Installs the Realtek î ALC888 audio driver and application. Marvell Y ukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell î Gigabit Ethernet LAN driver . Marvell 61xx P A T A/eSA T A Controller Driver Installs the Marvell î 61xx Parallel A T A/Serial A T A controller driver. USB 2.0 Driver Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver .
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-3 5.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS InstAll-Installation Wizard for Utilities Installs all of the utilities through the Installation Wizard. Marvell Y ukon VCT Application Installs the Marvell î Y ukon Virtual Cable T ester (VCT) Application. Marvell Y ukon CP A Application Installs the Marvell î Y ukon Control Panel Applet (CP A) Application. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS AI Suite Installs the ASUS AI Suite. ASUS Update Allows you to download the latest version of the BIOS from the ASUS website. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website.
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Adobe Acrobat Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view , and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0 driver . The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0 is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer . Visit the Microsoft website (www .microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-Virus Utility The anti-virus application detects and protects your computer from viruses that destroys data.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-5 5.2.4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains items to create Intel î ICH9R RAID driver disk/ Marvell î 61xx P A T A/eSA T A driver disk. Make Intel ICH9R AHCI/RAID 32bit/64bit Driver Allows you to create an Intel î ICH9R RAID driver disk for a 32/64-bit system. Make Marvell 61xx P A T A/eSA T A Driver Allows you to create a Marvell î 61xx P A T A/eSA T A driver disk.
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.5 Manual menu The Manual menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual îÂÂles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities tab before opening a user manual îÂÂle. 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-7 5.2.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support DVD. Click an icon to display the speciîÂÂed information. Motherboard Info Displays the general speciîÂÂcations of the motherboard. Browse this DVD Displays the support DVD contents in graphical format.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support T echnical support Form Displays the ASUS T echnical Support Request Form that you have to îÂÂll out when requesting technical support. Filelist Displays the contents of the support DVD and a brief description of each in text format.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the Support DVD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme îÂÂle that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-T ests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the Support DVD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. T o launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility . Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options from the drop down menu, then click Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before îÂÂashing BIOS, then click Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle from the drop down menu, then click Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS îÂÂle, then click Next . The ASUS MyLogo window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the AFUDOS utility to make a copy of your original BIOS îÂÂle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility . ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section 4.6.2 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration . ⢠Y ou can create your own boot logo image in GIF , or BMP îÂÂle formats. ⢠The îÂÂle size should be smaller than 150 K.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility , îÂÂash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After îÂÂashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST . 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-1 1 5.3.2 Audio conîÂÂgurations The Realtek î ALC888 audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your computer . The software provides Jack- Sensing function, S/PDIF Out support, and interrupt capability . The ALC888 also includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology for all audio ports, eliminating cable connection errors and giving users plug and play convenience. Follow the installation wizard to install the Realtek î Audio Driver from the support DVD that came with the motherboard package. If the Realtek audio software is correctly installed, you will îÂÂnd the Realtek HD Audio Manager icon on the taskbar . From the taskbar , double-click on the SoundEffect icon to display the Realtek HD Audio Manager . Realtek HD Audio Manager Control settings window ConîÂÂguration options Information button Realtek HD Audio Manager Exit button Minimize button
5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Information Click the information button ( ) to display information about the audio driver version, DirectX version, audio controller , audio codec, and language setting. Minimize Click the minimize button ( ) to minimize the window . Exit Click the exit button ( ) to exit the Realtek HD Audio Manager . ConîÂÂguration options Click any of the tabs in this area to conîÂÂgure your audio settings. Sound Effect The Realtek î ALC888 Audio CODEC allows you to set your listening environment, adjust the equalizer , set the karaoke, or select pre-programmed equalizer settings for your listening pleasure. T o set the sound effect options: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the Sound Effect tab. 2. Click the shortcut buttons or the drop-down menus for options on changing the acoustic environment, adjust the equalizer , or set the karaoke to your desired settings. 3. Click to effect the Sound Ef fect settings and exit.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-13 Mixer The M ixer opti on allows you to conîÂÂgu re audio output (playback) volume and audio input (record) volume. T o set the mixer options: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the Mixer tab. 2. T urn the volume buttons to adjust the Playback and/or Record volume. The Mixer option activates voice input from all channels by default. Make sure to set all channels to mute ( ) if you do not want voice input. 3. Make adjustments to W ave, SW Synth, Front, Rear , Subwoofer , CD volume, Mic volume, Line V olume, and Stereo mix by clicking the control tabs and dragging them up and down until you get the desired levels. 4. Click to effect the Mixer settings and exit. Audio I/O The Audio I/O option allows you conîÂÂgure your input/output settings. T o set the Audio I/O options: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the Audio I/O tab. 2. Click the drop-down menu to select the channel conîÂÂguration. 3. The control settings window displays the status of connected devices. Click for analog and digital options. 4. Click <OK> to effect the Audio I/O settings and exit
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Microphone The Microphone option allows you conîÂÂgure your input/output settings and to check if your audio devices are connected properly . T o set the Microphone options: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the Microphone tab. 2. Click the Noise Suppression option button to reduce the static background noise when recording. 3. Click the Acoustic Echo Cancellation option button to reduce the echo from the front speakers when recording. 4. Click to effect the Microphone settings and exit. 3D Audio Demo The 3D Audio Demo option gives you a demonstration of the 3D audio feature. T o start the 3D Audio Demo: 1. From the Realtek HD Audio Manager , click the 3D Audio Demo tab. 2. Click the option buttons to change the sound, moving path, or environment settings. 3. Click to test your settings. 4. Click to effect the 3D Audio Demo settings and exit.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-15 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâÂÂs vital components, and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility , you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II T o install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the Support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the Support DVD to locate the setup.exe îÂÂle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder . Double-click the setup.exe îÂÂle to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II. 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Y ou can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.xx.xx . The PC Probe II main window appears. After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility conîÂÂguration. By default, the main window displays the Preference section. Y ou can close or restore the Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Preference panel
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show . When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Y ou can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window . Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate. Button Function Opens the ConîÂÂguration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory , CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-17 Changing the monitor panels position T o change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK when îÂÂnished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. Y ou can now move or reposition the panel independently . Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâÂÂs desktop. Large display Small display Click to increase value Click to decrease value Adjusting the sensor threshold value Y ou can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. Y ou can also adjust the threshold values using the ConîÂÂg window . Y ou cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel.
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below . Large display Small display WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser . This browser displays various Windowsî management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information to display the available information. Y ou can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser . DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser . This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information to display the available information.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-19 PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser . This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information item to display available information. Usage The Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser . CPU usage The CPU tab displays real- time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space.
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory . The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available ConîÂÂguring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The ConîÂÂg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes Lo ad s y ou r s av ed co nî gur at ion Saves your conîÂÂguration
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-21 5.3.4 ASUS AI Suite ASUS AI Suite allows you to launch AI Gear2, AI N.O.S., AI Booster , AI Nap, and Q-Fan2 utilities easily . Installing AI Suite T o install AI Suite on your computer: 1. Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click AI Suite . 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching AI Suite Y ou can launch the AI Suite right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch the AI Suite from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > AI Suite > AI Suite v1.xx.xx . The AI Suite main window appears. After launching the application, the AI Suite icon appears in the Windows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using AI Suite Click the AI N.O.S., AI Gear2, AI Nap, AI Booster , or Q-Fan2 icon to launch the utility , or click the Normal icon to restore the system to normal state. Press to launch AI Gear2 Press to launch AI Nap Pres s to la unch AI N.O.S. Press to launch Q-Fan2 Pr ess to l aun ch A I Bo ost er Press to restore to normal
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Other feature buttons Click on right corner of the main window to open the monitor window . Click on right corner of the expanded window to switch the temperature from degrees Centigrade to degrees Fahrenheit. Displays the CPU/ system temperature, CPU/memory/PCIE voltage, and CPU/ chassis fan speed Displays the FSB/CPU frequency
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-23 5.3.5 ASUS AI Gear2 ASUS AI Gear2 provides four system performance options that allows you to select the best performance setting for your computing needs. This easy-to-use utility adjusts the processor frequency and vCore voltage to minimize system noise and power consumption. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch AI Gear2 by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on your Windows OS taskbar and then click the AI Gear2 button on the AI Suite main window . Shift the gear to the performance setting that you like. Maximum Performance Medium Performance High Performance Maximum Power Saving
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.6 ASUS AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away . Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI Nap button on the AI Suite main window . Click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Y es on the conîÂÂrmation screen. T o switch the power button functions from AI Nap to shutting down, just right click the AI Suite icon on the OS taskbar , select AI Nap and click Use power button . Unclick the the item to switch the function back.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-25 5.3.7 ASUS AI N.O.S. This ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows OS taskbar and click the AI N.O.S. button on the AI Suite main window . drop-down menu button select an N.O.S. mode Click the drop-down menu button and select Disable or Manual. Click Apply at the bottom to save the conîÂÂguration.
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.8 ASUS Q-Fan2 This ASUS Q-Fan2 Control feature allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the CPU Q-Fan2 or the Chassis Q-Fan2 for more efîÂÂcient system operation. After enabling the Q-Fan2 function, the fans can be set to automatically adjust depending on the temperature, to decrease fan speed, or to achieve the maximum fan speed. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows î OS taskbar and click the Q-Fan2 button on the AI Suite mAIn window . Click the drop-down menu button and display the fan names. Select CPU Q-Fan2 or CHASSIS Q-Fan2. Click the box of Enable Q-Fan2 to activate this function. drop-down list button Enable Q- Fan2 box ProîÂÂle list appears after clicking the Enable Q-Fan2 box. Click the drop-down list button and select a proîÂÂle. Optimal mode makes the fans adjust speed with the temperature; Silent mode minimizes fan speed for quiet fan operation; Performance mode boosts the fan to achieve maximal fan speed for the best cooling effect. click to display the drop- down list and select a Q-Fan2 mode Click Apply at the bottom to save the setup.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-27 5.3.9 ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows î environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. After installing AI Suite from the bundled support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Suite icon on the Windows î OS taskbar and click the AI Booster button on the AI Suite main window . The options on the taskbar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/ Memory/PCI-E frequency manually , or create and apply your personal overclocking conîÂÂgurations.
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a created RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support DVD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5.4 RAID conî¿gurations The motherboard comes with two RAID controllers that allow you to conîÂÂgure Serial A T A hard disk drives as RAID sets. ⢠The Intel î ICH9R Southbridge RAID includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller that supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5 for six independent Serial A T A channels. ⢠Marvell î 88SE6121 RAID. Enabled by Marvell î 88SE6121 controller , Marvell î RAID extends the advantages of software RAID beyond internal hard disk drives to an external disk or external, port-multiplier enabled enclosure 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîÂÂguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîÂÂguration is best suited for tran saction proce ssing, r elatio nal da tabase appli cations , ente rprise resou rce planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. RAID 10 is data striping and data mirror ing combined withou t parit y (redu ndancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10* conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. Intel î Matrix Storage. The Intel î Matrix Storage technology supported by the ICH9R chip allows you to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, and RAID 10* function to improve both system performance and data safety . Y ou can also combine two RAID sets to get higher performance, capacity , or fault tolerance provided by the difference RAID function. For example, RAID 0 and RAID 1 set can be created by using only two identical hard disk drives.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-29 5.4.1 Installing Serial A T A hard disks The motherboard supports Serial A T A hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . T o install the SA T A hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SA T A signal cables. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . 5.4.2 Intel î RAID conîÂÂgurations This motherboard suppo rts RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10 and Intel î Matrix Storage conîÂÂgurations for Serial A T A hard disks drives through the Intel î ICH9R Southbridge chip. See Chapter 4 for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup. Setting the RAID item in BIOS Y ou must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s). T o do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST . 2. Go to th e M ai n Men u, se le ct SA T A Con îÂÂgu rat ion , t he n pre ss <En te r> . 3. Se l ec t t he i te m Co n fi gu re S A T A a s , t h en p re ss <E n te r> t o d i sp la y t he conîÂÂguration options. 4. Select RAID from the ConîÂÂgure SA T A as item options, then press <Enter>. 5. Select the item Onboard Serial-A T A BOOTROM, press <Enter>, then select Enabled from the options. 6. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup.
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10 (RAID 0 1), and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial A T A hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Southbridge. T o enter the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility: 1. Install all the Serial A T A hard disk drives. 2. T urn on the system. 3. During POST , press <Ctrl I> to display the utility main menu. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 4. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: None deî¿ned. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-31 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) T o create a RAID 0 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 0(Stripe), then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to conîÂÂgure as RAID. This pop-up screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ âÂÂâ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ SELECT DISKS ] [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection.
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array , then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 128 KB. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the Create V olume menu. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity . 8. Pre ss < Ente r> whe n t he C reat e V olu me ite m is hi ghli ghte d. Th is w arni ng message appears. TIP: We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-33 Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) T o create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 1(Mirror), then press <Enter>. 4. When the Capacity item is highlighted, key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicate s the maximum allowe d capacity . 5. Pre ss < Ente r> whe n t he C reat e V olu me ite m is hi ghli ghte d. Th is w arni ng message appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ âÂÂâ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) Select Disks N/A XX.X GB Create Volume WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 6. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to main menu or <N> to go back to Create V olume menu.
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 10 set T o create a RAID 10 set: 1. F r o m t h e u t i l i t y m a i n m e n u , s e l e c t 1 . C r e a t e R A I D Vo l u m e, t h e n p r e s s <Enter>. This screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume10 RAID10(RAID0 1) Select Disks 128KB XXX.X GB Create Volume 2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When t he R AID Level item is highl ighted, p ress the u p/down ar row key to select RAID 10, then press <Enter>. 4. Whe n t he Str ipe Si ze ite m is hi ghli ghte d, pre ss the u p/do wn arr ow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 10 array , then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64 KB. TIP: We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 5. Key i n t he RAID volu me cap acity t hat you want then pres s <Ent er> whe n the Ca pacity i tem is hi ghlight ed. Th e d efault v alue ind icates t he maxim um allowed capacity . [ âÂÂâ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-35 Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) T o create a RAID 5 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume5 RAID5(Parity) Select Disks 64KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ âÂÂâ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select 2. Enter a name for the RAID 5 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 5(Parity), then press <Enter>. 4. The Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to conîÂÂgure as RAID. The following pop-up screen appears. [ SELECT DISKS ] Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
5-36 Chapter 5: Software support 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the drive you want to set, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. 6. When the Stripe Size item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 5 array , then press <Enter>. Th e av aila ble stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64 KB. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to go back to the Create V olume menu. TIP: We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter> when the Capacity item is highlighted. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity . 8. Pre ss < Ente r> whe n t he C reat e V olu me ite m is hi ghli ghte d. Th is w arni ng message appears.
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-37 Deleting a RAID set T ake caution when deleting a RAID set. Y ou will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. T o delete a RAID set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID V olume, then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, then press <Del>. This window appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] Name Level Drives Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 RAIDX(xxxxx) X XXX.XGB Normal Yes [ HELP ] Deleting a volume will destroy the volume data on the drive(s) and cause any member disks to become available as non-RAID disks. WARNING: EXISTING DATA WITHIN THIS VOLUME WILL BE LOST AND NON-RECOVERABLE. [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [<ESC>]-Previous Menu [<Del>]-Delete Volume 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu; otherwise, press <N> to return to the Delete V olume menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! Are you sure you want to delete volume âÂÂVolumeXâÂÂ? (Y/N): [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ]
5-38 Chapter 5: Software support Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Take c aution befor e you reset a R AID volum e HDD to non- RAID . Resett ing a RAID volu me HDD delete s all interna l RAID struc ture on th e drive . T o reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID, then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A conîÂÂrmation message appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. [ RESET RAID DATA ] Resetting RAID data will remove internal RAID structures from the selected RAID disks. By removing these structures, the drive will revert back to a non-RAID disk. WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all data on the disk to be lost. Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk Select the disks that should be reset. [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
ASUS P5K64 WS 5-39 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A f l o p p y d i s k w i t h t h e R A I D d r i v e r i s r e q u i r e d w h e n i n s t a l l i n g W i n d o w s î X P o p e r a t i n g s y s t e m o n a h a r d d i s k d r i v e t h a t i s i n c l u d e d i n a R A I D s e t . F o r Windows î Vista operating system, use either a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB device with the RAID driver . 5.5.1 Creating a RAID driver disk without entering the OS T o create a RAID/SA T A driver disk without entering the OS: 1. Boot your computer . 2. Press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup utility . 3. Set the optical drive as the primary boot device. 4. Insert the support DVD into the optical drive. 5. Save changes and exit BIOS. 6. Pres s any ke y w hen th e s ystem p rompt s â Press a ny key t o b oot fro m t he optical drive.â 7. When the menu appears, press <1> to create a RAID driver disk. 8. Insert a formatted îÂÂoppy disk into the îÂÂoppy drive then press <Enter>. 9. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. 5.5.2 Creating a RAID/SA T A driver disk in Windows î T o create a RAID driver disk in Windows î environment: 1. Start Windows î . 2. Place the motherboard support DVD into the optical drive. 3. Go to the Mak e D isk men u, th en sel ect th e R AID dr iver dis k y ou wis h t o create: ⢠Click Make Intel ICH9R AHCI/RAID 32bit Driver to create an Intel î ICH9R RAID driver disk for a 32-bit system. ⢠Click Make Intel ICH9R AHCI/RAID 64bit Driver to create an Intel î ICH9R RAID driver disk for a 64-bit system. ⢠Click Make Marvell 61xx P A T A/eSA T A Driver to create a Marvell î 88SE61xx SA T A RAID driver disk. 4. Insert a îÂÂoppy disk/USB device into the îÂÂoppy disk drive/USB port. 5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection.
5-40 Chapter 5: Software support T o install the RAID driver in Windows î Vista: 1. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk/USB device with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive/U SB port. 2. During the OS installation, select Intel ICH9R. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. T o install the RAID driver in Windows î XP: 1. During the OS installat ion, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver . 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation.
6 This chapter tells how to install A TI î CrossFire⢠graphics cards to avail of A TIâÂÂs Multi-Video Processing technology . ATI î CrossFire⢠technology support
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary 6 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards ....................................... 6-2 6.3 Software information ................................................................... 6-5
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the A TI î CrossFire⢠technology that allows you to install multi-graphics processing units (GPU) graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. 6.1.1 Requirements ⢠CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card (Master) ⢠CrossFireâ¢-ready graphics card (Slave) ⢠CrossFireâ¢-ready motherboard ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See 8. A TX Power connectors on page 2-30 for details. 6.1.2 Before you begin Uninstall other graphics card drivers in your system T o uninstall other graphics card drivers: 1. Close all current applications. 2. Go to Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs . 3. Select your current graphics card driver/s. 4. Select Add/Remove . 5. Restart your system. ⢠Visit the A TI website or download the Radeon î X850 CrossîÂÂre⢠Edition UserâÂÂs Guide from the support CD for detailed hardware requirements and installation procedures. ⢠The A TI CrossFire⢠technology supports only the following operating systems: - Windows î XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) - Windows î XP Professional 64-bit Edition. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the A TI î CrossFire⢠T echnology . Download the latest driver from the A TI website (www .ati.com) ⢠The maximum resolution of Radeon⢠X850 CrossFire⢠Edition is 1600 x 1200 at 65 MHz when you use DVI output.
6-2 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support Slave graphics card Master graphics card 2. Insert the CrossFire⢠Edition (Master) graphics card into the PCI Express x16 blue slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. 6.2 Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Before installing a CrossFire⢠system, refer to the user guide that came with the A TI î CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card. T o install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare one CrossFire⢠Edition (Master) graphics card and one CrossFireâ¢-ready (Slave) graphics card.
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-3 3. Insert the CrossFireâ¢-ready (Slave) graphics card into the PCI Express x16 black slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. 4. Connect an auxiliary power source from the power supply to the graphics cards.
6-4 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support 6. Connect the other end of the external cable to the Slave graphics card. 7. Connect the loose end to the corresponding port on your monitor . 5. Connect one end of the external cable to the Master graphics card. 7 6
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-5 6.3 Software information 6.3.1 Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. The A TI CrossFire⢠technology supports only the following operating systems: ⢠Windows î XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) ⢠Windows î XP Professional 64-bit Edition. ⢠Windows î Vista 32/64 bit Edition. (Will be ready later . Visit the A TI website (www .ati.com) 1. T urn on your system and log in with administrator rights. 2. Windows î auto-detects the CrossFire⢠graphics cards and displays the Found New Hardware Wizard window . Click Cancel . 3. Place the CrossFire⢠installation CD in your optical drive and install drivers from the opening menu. 4. Click Next to continue from the installation window that appears. 5. Read the License Agreement, then click Y es .
6-6 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support 6. Select the components that you want to install, then click Next. Setup prepares the installation wizard that will guide you to setup process. Windows automatically conîÂÂgures the A TI Catalyst Control Center . The status windows indicates the progress of the installation. 7. The Setup Complete window appears, indicating that the driver îÂÂles have been copied to your computer . Click Y es to restart your computer now or No to restart later 8. Click Finish . ⢠Select Express to install the HydraVision⢠multi-monitor and desktop management software, as well as the A TI driver . ⢠Select Custom to individually choose desired software components.
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-7 6.3.2 Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center The Catalyst⢠Control Center allows you to access display features of the A TI hardware and software you installed. Use this application to adjust your graphic settings, enable/disable connected devices, and change your desktop orientation. Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center There are several ways to launch the Catalyst⢠Control Center: ⢠On the Windows î task bar , click Start > A TI Catalyst⢠Control Center > Catalyst⢠Control Center ⢠Double-click the Catalyst⢠Control Center desktop shortcut. ⢠On the Windows î task bar , double- click the Catalyst⢠Control Center icon.
6-8 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box View The Catalyst⢠Control Center provides two views: Standard - simple view with wizards for beginners Advance - allows advanced users to access and conîÂÂgure the complete features of the software Set to Advance view to enable the CrossFire⢠function.
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-9 T o enable CrossFireâ¢: 1. Set the view to Advance . 2. Click the CrossîÂÂre⢠item in Graphics Settings. 3. In the CrossFire⢠Settings dialog, tick the box opposite Enable CrossFire⢠. 4. Click OK to effect the setting. 2 3 4 Hotkeys Click the Hotkeys tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the Hotkeys Manager , which allows you to create key combinations as shortcuts for performing certain functions quickly .
6-10 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support Profiles Click the ProîÂÂles tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the ProîÂÂles Manager , which allows you to create customized environments for your desktop, video, and 3D applications. Preferences Click the Preferences tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to select a language, restore defaults, change skins, or enable/disable the System T ray icon.
ASUS P5K64 WS 6-1 1 Help Click the Help tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the online help system, generate a Problem Report, and get the Catalyst⢠Control Center version information.
6-12 Chapter 6: A TI î MVP technology support
A CPU features The Appendix describ es the CPU features a nd t e ch n ol og i es t ha t t he m o th e rb o ar d supports.
ASUS P5K64 WS Chapter summary A A.1 Intel î EM64T .................................................................................. A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) ........................ A-1 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ........................................... A-3
ASUS P5K64 WS A-1 A.1 Intel î EM64T ⢠The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel î LGA775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. ⢠The moth erboar d com es wi th a BIOS îÂÂl e tha t sup ports EM64 T . Y o u can do wn l oa d t he la te st B IO S f il e f ro m t he AS US w eb si te ( ww w . as us .c om / support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS îÂÂle. See Chapter 4 for details. ⢠Visit www .intel.com for more information on the EM64T feature. ⢠Vi sit www .mi cro sof t.c om fo r mo re inf orm atio n o n W ind ows î 64-bit OS. Using the Intel î EM64T feature T o use the Intel î EM64T feature: 1. Install an Intel î CPU that supports the Intel î EM64T . 2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows î Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows î XP Professional x64 Edition or Windows î Server 2003 x64 Edition). 3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support DVD. 4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any . Re fer t o th e ex pan sio n ca rd or a dd -on d ev ice (s) d oc ume nta ti on, o r vi sit t he rela ted we bsite, to ver ify if the ca rd/dev ice suppor ts a 64 -bit s ystem. A.2 E n h a n c e d I n t e l S p e e d S t e p î Technology (EIST) ⢠T he m ot he r bo ar d co m es w it h a B IO S f i le t ha t s u pp o rt s E I ST . Y o u c an do wn l oa d t he la te st B IO S f il e f ro m t he AS US w eb si te ( ww w . as us .c om / su pp or t/d ow nl oa d/) i f y ou ne ed to u pda te th e B IO S. Se e C ha pt er 4 f or details. ⢠Visit www .intel.com for more information on the EIST feature. A.2.1 System requirements Before using EIST , check your system if it meets the following requirements: ⢠In tel î processor with EIST support ⢠BIOS îÂÂle with EIST support ⢠Oper atin g sys tem wi th EI ST su ppo rt (Wi ndow s î Vist a, Win dows î XP SP2 / Windows î Server 2003 SP1/Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions)
A-2 Appendix: CPU features A.2.2 Using the EIST T o use the EIST feature: 1. T urn on the computer , then enter the BIOS Setup. 2. G o t o t h e A d v a n c e d M e n u , h i g h l i g h t C P U C o n f i g u r a t i o n , then press <Enter>. 3. S e t t h e I n t e l ( R ) S p e e d S t e p T e c h n o l o g y i t e m t o [ A u t o m a t i c ] , then press <Enter>. 4. Press <F10> to save your changes and exit the BIOS setup. 5. After the computer restarts, right click on a blank space on the desktop, then select Properties from the pop-up menu. 6. W h e n t h e D i s p l a y P r o p e r t i e s wi nd ow a pp ea rs , cl ic k th e Sc re en Saver tab. 7. C l i c k t h e P o w e r b u t t o n o n t h e Monit or power secti on to open the Power Options Properties window . 8. O n t h e P o w e r s c h e m e s s e c t i o n , c l i c k , t h e n s e l e c t a n y o p t i o n e x c e p t H o m e / O f f i c e D e s k t o p o r Always On. 9. Click Apply , then click OK. 10. C l o s e t h e D i s p l a y P r o p e r t i e s window . After you adjust the power scheme, the CPU internal frequency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low . Th e s cr ee n di sp la ys an d p ro ced ur es ma y v ar y d ep end in g o n t he op er ati ng system.
ASUS P5K64 WS A-3 A.3 Intel î Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠Th e m ot he rb oa rd su pp or ts I nt el î P en ti um î 4 L GA 77 5 pr oc es so rs wi th Hyper-Threading T echnology . ⢠Hyper-T hreading Tec hnology is supported un der Windows î Vi sta/ XP/ 200 3 Server and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only . Under Linux, use the Hyp er-Th readi ng co mpile r to com pile the cod e. I f you ar e usi ng an y other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading T echnology , visit www .intel.com/ info/hyperthreading. Using the Hyper-Threading T echnology T o use the Hyper-Threading T echnology: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup. Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading T echnology is set to [Enabled]. Th e BI OS i te m a pp ea rs o nly i f yo u in st al led a CP U th at s up por ts H yp er- -Threading T echnology . 3. Restart the computer .
A-4 Appendix: CPU features